Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Gresham Technologies plc

Gresham Technologies plc

ght.l · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ght.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Gresham Technologies plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Gresham Technologies plc
Annual Financial Report 2021

G

R

E

S

H

A

M

T

E

C

H

N

O

L

O

G

I

E

S

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

F

I

N

A

N

C

I

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

2

1

Gresham Technologies plc
Annual Financial Report 2020

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

01

Page TitleSTRATEGIC REPORTPage Title 
 
 
 
 
 
Vision and values

Our vision is to bring 
digital integrity, agility 
and confidence 
to the world’s 
financial institutions.

Contents
STRATEGIC   REPORT
IFC Vision and values

01  Investment case

02  Highlights

04  At a glance 

06  Chairman’s statement

08  Business model

10  CEO’s statement

14  Electra acquisition

16  Strategy

18  Strategy in action

Our values

We Embrace Difference

We Create Together

We Champion Success

People and culture  
Page 25

Stay up to date at 
greshamtech.com

20  Key performance indicators

22  Stakeholder engagement

24  Environmental, social 

and governance

28  Principal risks and uncertainties

30  Financial review

CORPORATE   GOVERNANCE
37  Chairman’s introduction to 

governance

38  Board of Directors

40  Statement of corporate governance

43  Audit committee report

46  Nomination committee report

47  Annual statement from the chair 

of the remuneration committee

48  Remuneration report

56  Directors’ report

59  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities

FINANCI AL  STATEMENTS
60  Independent auditor’s report

66  Consolidated income statement

67  Consolidated statement 

of comprehensive income

68  Consolidated statement 
of financial position

69  Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity

70  Consolidated statement 

of cash flow

71  Notes to the financial statements

104 Company balance sheet

105 Company statement of changes 

in equity

106 Notes to Company financial 

statements

110  Corporate information

Page TitleInvestment case

Reasons to  
invest in Gresham

Innovative technology
Our Clareti platform is best-in-class and 
sits at the heart of customer workflows.

Significant opportunity
Our addressable market is expanding 
as systemic data challenges increase.

50bn+

transactions processed in 2021

$1bn

market opportunity in data quality in 2017

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

Strong growth
Our high-margin Clareti solutions 
are delivering profitable growth 
in recurring revenues.

Talented people
We have an exceptional pool of talent 
and we are committed to excellence.

95%growth in Clareti ARR as at 31 December 2021

200+

total employees as at 31 December 2021

Financial review 
Page 30

People and culture 
Page 25

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

01

STRATEGIC REPORTHighlights

Strong Clareti organic growth 
and transformational acquisition

Group revenue

Clareti revenue

Clareti recurring revenue

£37.0m +49%

£25.5m +65%

£18.8m +63%

2021 

2020 

2019 

37.0

2021 

2020 

2019 

24.8

25.0

25.5

2021 

2020 

2019 

11.5

10.4

15.5

15.5

18.8

2018 

19.3

2018 

11.8

2018 

6.7

Adjusted EBITDA

Cash adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

£7.2m +60%

£2.5m +733%

5.02p +27%

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018

0.9

4.5

4.1

7.2

2021 

2.5

2020

0.3

2019

0.3

2021 

2020 

2019  1.99

5.02

3.96

2018 

(2.1)

2018

(1.50)

Clareti ARR

Clareti ARR net retention rate

Cash

£24.0m +95%

106% n/a

£9.1m +2%

2021 

24.0

2021 

106

2020 

12.3

2019 

9.5

2018  7.4

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

9.1

8.9

9.6

5.6

02 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleFinancial
 ▪ Forward-looking Clareti Annualised Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) as 

Operational
 ▪ Transformational acquisition of Electra in June 2021 providing 

at 31 December 2021 up 95% to £24.0m, including £9.2m acquired 
with Electra(5) with strong underlying organic growth of 20%. 

scale in US market. Integration materially complete. 

 ▪ Customer base expanded to 270+ Clareti customers across 

 ▪ Group revenues up 49% to £37.0m, including a contribution 

30 countries.

of £5.6m from Electra(5) since acquisition.

 ▪ Strong organic underlying growth of recurring revenues 

 ▪ Clareti revenues up 65% to £25.5m, including a contribution 

and related services within the Clareti business.

of £5.6m from Electra(5) since acquisition.

 ▪ Clareti recurring revenues up 63% to £18.8m (2020: £11.5m), 

including £5.3m from Electra(6) since acquisition.

 ▪ Adjusted EBITDA(1) up 60% to £7.2m (2020: £4.5m).

 ▪ Cash adjusted EBITDA(2) of £2.5m, an increase of £2.2m 

on the prior year (2020: £0.3m).

 ▪ Profit before tax as reported at £0.4m (2020: £0.3m), including 

expenses adjusted in EBITDA metrics above of £3.5m (2020: £1.5m).

 ▪ Adjusted diluted earnings per share(3) up 26% at 5.0 pence 

(2020: 4.0 pence). 

 ▪ Cash at 31 December 2021 of £9.1m and no debt drawn upon 

(2020: £8.9m and no debt)(4). 

 ▪ Final dividend proposed at 0.75 pence per share (2020: 0.75 pence).

 ▪ Year closed ahead of market expectations for revenue, profits and 

cash generation. 

 ▪ Net ARR retention for the year of 106%, including annualised 

and apportioned rate from Electra(5) since acquisition, 
highlighting growth within existing customers and new 
customer wins throughout COVID-19 pandemic.

 ▪ Continued growth and development of key accounts. Net ARR 

retention rate for top 6 key accounts of 121%. 

 ▪ Major deployment milestones with global banks, with legacy 

software vendors being decommissioned. 

 ▪ Digital corporate banking partnership with Australia and 

New Zealand Banking Group continuing to deliver to plan.

 ▪ Larger, more resilient Group with more than £37m of FY22 
revenues under contract, providing significant visibility 
and a robust platform to execute growth strategy. 

 ▪ Management confident about the prospects for the Group.

(1) Adjusted EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted for one-off exceptional charges and share-based payments. 

(see note 5 of the Group financial statements).

(2) Adjusted EBITDA less capitalised development spend and any IFRS16 lease-related cash payments.

(3) Diluted earnings per share, adjusted to add back share-based payment charges, deferred tax charge on the inter-group sale of IP, exceptional items 

and amortisation from acquired intangible assets. 

(4) Excludes any IFRS16 lease-related payables.

(5) The Electra acquisition completed on 22 June 2021.

(6) Percentage increases stated above are based on rounding to the nearest £’000 as disclosed at detailed level within this report.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 03

STRATEGIC REPORTAt a glance

Building a  
global fintech champion

200+

Employees

270+

Customers

106%Clareti ARR  

net retention

10Offices

UK & EMEA

Bristol 
 ▪ Innovation Lab

Solihull 
 ▪ Innovation Hub

Americas

New York 
 ▪ Innovation Hub

 ▪ 24/7 Customer Support Hub

 ▪ 24/7 Customer Support Hub

 ▪ 24/7 Customer Support Hub

Southampton 
 ▪ Internal Services

 ▪ Sales & Service Delivery

Florida 
 ▪ Service Delivery

London 
 ▪ HQ

 ▪ Sales & Service Delivery

Luxembourg 
 ▪ Innovation Hub

 ▪ Cloud Delivery + Sales

Asia Pacific

Singapore 
 ▪ Sales & Service Delivery

Australia 
 ▪ 24/7 Customer Support Hub

 ▪ Service Delivery

New Zealand 
 ▪ Service Delivery

04 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

Page TitleSTRATEGIC REPORTSaaS solutions for control and 
automation in financial services

Our solutions are designed to enable financial institutions 
to digitise their operations and have complete confidence 
in their data in order to improve their competitiveness 
and manage risk and reputation.

What we do

Reconciliation
Simplify the complexity 
of buy-side and sell-
side reconciliations and 
scale to growth with 
end-to-end automation, 
intelligent matching, and 
accelerated onboarding.

Regulatory Reporting
Deliver accurate, on-time 
reports through connectivity 
with multiple trading 
and reporting venues, 
real-time matching, and 
consolidation across multiple 
regulatory regimes.

Connectivity
Dynamically connect to 
trading and regulatory 
venues, clients and partners 
across the financial services 
ecosystem through 350+ 
industry connections and data 
transformation services in 
the cloud.

Data Aggregation
Access normalised, validated 
data on securities, cash 
positions, transactions, and 
trade fail investigations from 
1500+ global sources to feed 
reconciliations and other 
post-trade workflows.

Our products

Our industries

Control
Automate all the process 
and data validation, 
reconciliation and 
reporting services you 
need to build operations 
and data confidence with 
speed and ease.

Connect
Seamlessly manage 
all your connectivity, 
data migration and 
integration with trading 
partners, venues, clients 
and regulators across 
the financial services 
ecosystem.

Data Services
Access normalised, 
validated data on securities, 
cash positions, transactions, 
and trade fail investigations 
from 1500+ global sources 
to feed reconciliation and 
other post-trade workflows.

Managed Services
Reduce the strain on your 
people, processes and 
technology infrastructures 
while achieving greater 
flexibility, efficiency 
and scale.

 ▪  Capital markets

 ▪ Energy & commodities

 ▪ Banking & payments

 ▪ Insurance

 ▪ Investment management

 ▪ Corporates

Control and Connect have enabled 
the bank to change outdated and 
cumbersome processes, ditch legacy 
solutions that were preventing us from 
achieving our business and customer 
growth goals, and ensuring we remain 
on the right side of the regulators. 
Across the bank, we have introduced 
a level of data automation and integrity 
that we didn’t think existed from any 
vendor out there.”

Head of Change
TIER ONE GLOBAL BANK

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 05

STRATEGIC REPORTChairman’s statement

Building a valuable business 
in a substantial growing market

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present this 2021 Annual Financial Report.

Overview
I am delighted to be able to report on a period of strong progress 
for Gresham Technologies. Our core products continue to gain 
traction in a vast and growing market and play an integral role 
in some of the world’s largest financial organisations. We have 
built a strong reputation and are now benefitting from the 
significant investment made in our software solutions in line with 
our strategic roadmap. Our success is due to great leadership, 
innovative expanding solutions and our talented and committed 
team of employees globally. 

Throughout the year, we continued to execute effectively against 
our growth strategy, securing 16 new Clareti customers and 
growing our relationships with existing customers, reflecting the 
investment in our solutions and people. COVID-19 has accelerated 
the rate in which businesses are automating their service platforms 
and we have taken advantage of these opportunities by investing 
to drive organic growth in the business as well as integrating 
carefully selected complementary acquisitions. During the year, 
we completed our largest acquisition to date, with the purchase 
of Electra in June 2021 for up to USD $38.6m. As well as expanding 
our product offering and client base, it provides us with a strong 
operational foothold in North America, from which we will look to 
drive our growth in this key market. As part of the acquisition, we 
raised £21m (gross) by way of a placing and welcomed a number 
of new shareholders to the register and I would like to thank them 
and our existing shareholders for their support.

Overall, our revenue for the year was significantly up at £37.0m 
(2020: £24.8m), with adjusted EBITDA also significantly up 
at £7.2m (2020: £4.5m). In a year that was still affected by 
COVID-19 related challenges, this is an excellent achievement 
for the Group. 

We enter the new financial year with positive market tailwinds 
and high levels of confidence in our business, our people and 
our ability to continue on our profitable growth trajectory. 

Based on the overall financial performance and the cash within 
the business, the Board will be recommending a final dividend of 
0.75 pence per share (2020: 0.75 pence) at the forthcoming AGM. 

Following a year of transformation, 
there is now great momentum in the 
business and I am pleased to say we 
have ended the financial year as a more 
robust company. We have delivered 
against the strategic priorities the 
Board approved in December 2020 to 
strengthen our position in the market.”

06 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleLooking ahead
Following a year of transformation, there is now great 
momentum in the business and I am pleased to say we have 
ended the financial year as a more robust company. We have 
delivered against the strategic priorities the Board approved 
in December 2020 to strengthen our position in the market: 

 ▪ continue to build a global footprint and resilient 

international operations;

 ▪ increase investment in sales and marketing;

 ▪ make scalability and repeatability key themes within product 
development and professional services to enhance operating 
leverage and accelerate speed of implementations;

 ▪ increase investment in AI to support our vision of self-learning 

and self-optimising solutions;

 ▪ identify options to monetise the IP arising from the ANZ 

strategic partnership in the wider market; and

 ▪ seek further earnings-enhancing acquisitions which 

add adjacent technology capabilities, scale, and expand 
global reach.

We enter the new financial year with a focus on expanding our 
existing client base and securing new customer wins through 
investments in our technology, and on completing the integration 
of Electra into the business. We have £37m of 2022 revenues 
under contract, which gives us confidence to continue with 
our investments, and we have a strong pipeline of demand 
for our products as the digital transformation era continues 
to accelerate for many businesses. We are excited about 
the future opportunities this will create. 

Our management team have built a rare business with a very 
exciting future in a substantial, growing market. We have the 
benefit of a track record with an innovative, well invested 
product set which has been designed for today’s complexities. 
I believe that the scale of our opportunity is as large as our 
ambition allows. 

Peter Simmonds
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
7 March 2022

Delivery against our strategic vision
2021 saw strong progress against the major strategic goals 
identified by the Board, including:

 ▪ the Electra acquisition has brought additional sticky ARR 

and significantly widens our addressable market;

 ▪ revenues from subscriptions reached 63% of Group revenue 
in the period, providing high levels of visibility and increased 
certainty for future years’ revenue; and

 ▪ we continued to invest in our underlying business systems 

to increase our scalability.

People and culture 
I am delighted to report that, once again, we improved our 
result in our annual employee engagement survey, scoring 78% 
overall (2020: 76%), and thereby continuing our trend of annually 
increasing our engagement score since 2017. This is the clear 
result of the investments and efforts that the Company has 
made to develop a brilliant culture and create opportunities 
for our people to thrive. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank all members of staff for the dedication and commitment 
to making Gresham what it is today. Employees globally have 
worked extremely hard to create the right working environment 
for Gresham to succeed in the future. 

Despite the ongoing disturbances caused by COVID-19, our 
staff have adapted well to a hybrid way of working with little 
interruption. Although we are a technology driven business, we 
are also a people-led company and I am proud of the way in 
which staff at Gresham have responded whilst also helping the 
business to succeed. 

ESG
As Gresham continues to grow, we are committed to ensuring 
we do so responsibly, to enhance the long-term value generated 
by our business. Following a review of Gresham’s Environmental, 
Social and Governance priorities in 2021, we have established a 
three-pillar ESG strategy as part of our approach to continually 
improve in these areas. 

Scaling responsibly is built across the following three pillars:

 ▪ our customers: leveraging our growth to improve customer 

outcomes;

 ▪ our people: fostering positive and productive communities 

in our business and our industry; and

 ▪ our world: managing our impact on the environment and 

being a force for good in our world. 

The strategy is underpinned by a strong culture and good 
governance across the Group and we are confident about 
executing on our strategic vision in the coming year and beyond.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 07

STRATEGIC REPORTBusiness model

Creating value from innovation 
and recurring revenues

Our strengths

Our business

Growing, global market
There is a significant addressable market made up of financial 
institutions and large corporates which are grappling with 
increasingly complex data and financial control requirements. 
Structural trends are delivering substantial tailwinds. 

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

Disruptive technology
Our Clareti platform is best-in-class, versatile and scalable 
and sits at the heart of customer workflows. We have an 
exceptional innovation engine and a proven track record 
of bringing disruptive solutions to market. 

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

Distribution 
Our global team of sales professionals sells directly 
to customers in our primary target markets. In 
addition, our bank, financial market infrastructure and 
technology partners provide indirect sales channels. 
We are developing a global alliances network with 
like-minded firms to build distribution capacity. Our 
regional sales activities are supported by a global 
marketing team.

People and culture
We have an exceptional pool of talent that incorporates a vital 
and diverse blend of skills and experience. We are committed 
to a culture of integrity and excellence and we challenge 
ourselves to be an awesome place to work.

$

People and culture 
Page 25

Charging model
We licence our software on a subscription basis, 
which generates higher levels of recurring revenue 
for the Group than traditional licensing models, and 
also provides a more reliable platform for growth and 
decision-making. Implementation services are charged 
on a time and materials basis or at a fixed fee for a 
fixed scope of works, and we are growing a portfolio 
of software related cloud and managed services 
chargeable on a recurring basis.

08 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleOur business model is to earn high-margin, recurring 
revenues by providing innovative software solutions 
for reconciliations, regulatory reporting, connectivity 
and data aggregation services.

Customer success
Our customer success team are focused on delivering 
the best possible service and outcomes for our 
customers throughout the entire lifecycle, which 
promotes loyalty, advocacy and account growth. We 
have professional services consultants in all our key 
locations. Our global support and managed services 
teams are available 24/7. 

Operations 
We have a mature and highly effective global business 
platform, which supports our rapid growth and 
entrepreneurial decision-making within an appropriate 
governance framework. Our regional go-to-market 
teams are supported by centralised systems and 
processes for all key operational areas such as finance, 
people & culture, IT, information security and legal. 

Creating value

For investors
Our model builds capital value based on high levels of 
recurring revenues and sustained growth. A progressive 
dividend policy has been in place since 2018, providing 
further shareholder returns. 

Total shareholder return over five years*: 

37%*  Measured by the share price as at 31 December 2021 plus dividends 

paid since 1 January 2017, divided by the share price at the start 
of the five-year period.

For customers
Our solutions give customers confidence in their data in an 
increasingly complex and regulated environment. Our model 
enables us to continually invest in innovation and maintain 
the value proposition of our solutions. 

Total customers: 

270+

For employees
Our employees have the opportunity to be part of a fast-paced, 
entrepreneurial business, where individuals are valued and 
career aspirations can be fulfilled. Corporate success is 
shared through an all-staff share scheme. 

Total employees: 

200+

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 09

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement

A year of significant strategic, 
operational and financial progress

We support the boards of some of the largest companies in 
the world to improve operational efficiency, manage risk and 
regulation, accelerate their digital transformation initiatives, 
and provide a key part of the data intelligence platform that 
ensures they remain agile, competitive and compliant. We supply 
mission-critical technology to our customers and are building a 
reputation as a trusted industry partner. 

Our success reflects the investment and the efforts of our 
talented team in delivering differentiated solutions that are 
proven at scale and backed by a high-quality global service 
capability. This, together with our product roadmap, provides 
a platform for growth by expanding within our existing clients 
and winning new ones, and delivering scalable high margin 
recurring revenues. 

As a result of strong trading in the year together with acquisitive 
contribution, the Group delivered a year of significant growth 
in revenue and profits as well as cash generation well ahead of 
both 2020 and market expectations. Underpinning this is the 
Group’s growing base of subscription revenue contributing to a 
95% increase in Clareti ARR to £24.0m and providing enhanced 
visibility into future periods. Notwithstanding strategic acquisition 
contributions in the year, the Group saw double-digit underlying 
organic growth of 20% in ARR driven by new sales momentum 
and ARR net retention levels well in excess of 100%. 

The global pandemic over the last two years has accelerated the 
need for all businesses to invest their core processing systems 
and data platforms to create more intelligent and automated 
solutions that reduce the need for manual interventions and 
the risk of error. Over the past 18 months, we have successfully 
capitalised on this opportunity with two important acquisitions, 
as well as investing to drive organic growth. 

Our success reflects our research, planning and focus on 
delivering value to our clients. Our significant investments in 
people and infrastructure have put in place the building blocks 
of a scalable fintech platform with a market-leading product 
portfolio, highly invested cloud architecture, established 
blue-chip global customer base, and an ambitious, proven 
management team. The opportunity in front of us is large and we 
are ideally placed to pursue our growth ambitions, underpinned 
by a repeatable, high margin business model. 

The Group delivered revenue, profits 
and cash ahead of market expectations, 
whilst completing its largest acquisition 
to date, cementing its leadership 
position as a trusted software partner 
in financial markets.”

Dear shareholder
Strategic review
2021 was a significant year of strategic, operational and financial 
progress for Gresham Technologies. We further strengthened our 
position as the leading player in reconciliations software to the 
financial sector as a result of the successful transformational 
acquisition of Electra in June 2021, and delivered a strong, high 
quality, underlying financial performance. We are pleased to 
close the year ahead of market expectations. 

Our Clareti technology solutions provide major banking and 
investment management clients with the tools to connect, 
reconcile and control their data enabling them to automate 
their business processes and have confidence in their digital 
operations. In the year we signed 16 new clients to reach more 
than 270 across 30 countries by 31 December 2021, adding to 
our roster of long-standing relationships including many the 
world’s top 100 investment banks. In addition, we have flagship 
customers using our technology in retail and commercial 
banking, asset management, insurance, energy and commodities. 

10 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleBusiness Review

Product portfolio: platform and solutions 

Bringing digital integrity, agility and confidence 
to the world’s financial institutions
The shift to digital within the financial services sector over 
the past ten years has been compounded by growing regulatory 
pressures and scrutiny increasing our customers’ needs 
for timely and accurate processing coupled with greater 
transparency and accountability. This means our customers 
need to have complete confidence in their data and processes 
in order to make good decisions and ensure optimal outcomes, 
including protecting their reputations. Our software helps market 
participants connect, reconcile and control the many disparate 
sources of transaction, finance, risk and regulatory data that exist 
in modern trading ecosystems. 

Markets

Digital transformation of financial services 
continues at pace 
Four key drivers continue to support growth in our market and 
the need for our clients to invest in their systems and reporting.

Managing risk and regulation
Every day, we help boards of some of the largest companies in 
the world manage their financial, operational and reputational 
risk by providing timely insight into their data and processes. 

This is compounded by ever greater regulatory pressures which 
increases their need for oversight and accurate reporting. The 
global market for regulatory reporting solutions is expected to 
reach USD $1.16bn by the end of 2026, with a CAGR of 19.5%. Over 
the last five years, we have secured a significant number of sales 
in the regulatory area and our recent acquisitions have further 
strengthened our position.

Digital automation
Aligned with the above, we are part of our clients’ investment 
to digitise their processes, reduce their operating costs 
through automation, and serve their customers better. We are 
part of programmes globally aimed at improving the quality, 
connectivity and exploitation of data to deliver more intelligent 
business outcomes. 

Underpinning business success
Our software not only enables businesses to survive in the 
modern era, but importantly to become more competitive 
through access to information and agile decision-making, 
all underpinning the launch of new products and innovative 
customer propositions.

Expanding market
The overall size of the addressable market for Clareti software, 
and the competitiveness of our offerings is continually expanding 
and we are well placed to participate in a growing market opportunity.

During the first half of the year, we re-packaged our Clareti 
platform capabilities into two product lines, Control and 
Connect, and, in the second half of the year, we strengthened 
the portfolio with complementary offerings acquired with 
Electra. Our products can be combined to quickly deliver 
real-time digital solutions for customers into environments 
where generic solutions are inadequate. They are available in 
the customers’ data centres or in a Gresham hosted cloud on 
a software-as-a-service basis along with optional subscriptions 
for the collection and aggregation of external data and/or the 
provision of managed services. 

  Control

Clareti Control is an enterprise-grade business self-service 
platform for the reconciliation and control of “any and all” 
transaction data in financial markets. Clareti Control is now well 
established in the market for “non-standardised” problems 
such as inter-systems reconciliations with dozens of successful 
implementations. Our investment into additional cash and 
securities processing functionality over the last three years 
means we are now the only vendor in the market that can offer 
“standardised” and “non-standardised” data reconciliations and 
controls on a single modern self-service platform that has been 
proven at scale. This is a “holy grail” for the operations functions 
within large capital markets institutions and we expect to 
further capitalise on this opportunity in the market over the 
next few years. Over time, we will bring Electra’s reconciliation 
offering onto the same platform to offer “out of the box” 
capabilities for handling buy-side nostro/depot as well as 
leveraging their patented capabilities for combining cash/stock/
transaction into a single view (the NAV).

Connect and Data

Our Connect and Data solutions allow customers to 
participate in the complex inter-connected global financial 
system without needing to be concerned with third party 
data access, integration risk, cost and time to market. Our 
Connect solutions enable customers to interact with their 
bank partners, trading venues, regulatory reporting venues, and 
other industry applications and provide intelligent control over 
complex data flows. Our Data solution is focused on the needs 
of the buy-side community and is used by fund managers and 
service providers alike to collect and aggregate data from third 
parties such as custodians. These mission-critical services 
are delivered in the cloud from our secure data centres and 
operated with exceptionally high levels of service and support. 
In 2021, we went live with the first customer on our next 
generation cloud-native architecture Connect 2.0, and we are 
continuing the migration of customers and, ultimately, we plan 
to bring together the Electra Data and Clareti Connect services 
onto a common cloud Connect platform.

I am pleased to say the development work on these two 
offerings has progressed successfully throughout the financial 
year and our new messaging and simplified Clareti product 
story and collateral have been well received in the market. 

We also have a third development team working on Digital 
Banking products driven by our innovation partnership with 
ANZ which progressed extremely well during the year. In 
December, our software was formally accepted into testing 
ahead of deployment with ANZ’s first customers during 2022. 
As a result of achieving this important milestone, ANZ increased 
their investment into Clareti software, and a further increase 
is expected upon customer go-live in FY22.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

11

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement continued

Growth Strategy

Building blocks to £100m ARR 
The overall size of the addressable market for Clareti software, 
and the competitiveness of our offerings, provides an opportunity 
for us to build a £100m ARR SaaS business with a best-in-class 
sales, cost and delivery model with high quality, high growth 
recurring revenues.

Grow customer footprint in core markets
We remain focused on winning a meaningful share of the global 
market for reconciliations, data integrity and control software in 
financial services before turning our attention to other industries 
and use cases. We are focused on winning new names through 
direct sales teams in the key geographies of UK, Europe, North 
America, Asia and Australia. Our newly appointed sales hires in 
Luxembourg and Asia Pacific both secured new name customers 
during the course of the year giving us further confidence in our 
ability to scale.

Highlights during the year include:

 ▪ a new Clareti contract win with a fast-growing global 

financial group which is expected to generate total software 
subscription fees of EUR 1.4m over a committed five-year 
term, with additional services revenues to deploy the solution; 

 ▪ a contract win with one of the world’s largest professional 

services firms to provide advanced technology to its financial 
services audit practice in the US. This new contract is 
expected to generate total software subscription fees of 
USD $2.8m over a committed five-year term, with the annual 
subscription fee starting at USD $0.25m and committed to rise 
to USD $0.7m from the third year of the term, in addition to 
services revenue to deploy the solution; and

 ▪ a contract with a leading provider of retirement investment 

services in the US to replace a legacy reconciliation platform 
with USD $0.6m software subscriptions over three years.

Expand engagement across existing substantial 
customer base 
We are already regarded as an innovative partner to many of 
the world’s largest financial institutions and we aim to deepen 
those key account relationships. Winning and growing large “key 
account” customers is an important aspect of our strategy, the 
success of which is demonstrated by the Group’s consistently 
strong customer retention levels, with ARR net retention 
increasing to 106% on an annualised basis across all customers, 
and even higher for our Key Accounts. Notable successes in the 
period include:

 ▪ Australia and New Zealand Banking Group, our largest 

customer, signed contracts totalling over AUD $21m, which 
combined with existing agreements provide contractual 
certainty over the renewal of all existing Clareti and non-Clareti 
licences, as well as securing new incremental revenues from 
recurring software, recurring managed services, consulting 
services and contracting services; 

 ▪ we successfully executed a five-year subscription with a global 
Tier 1 bank customer to extend and upgrade its investment in 
the Clareti software;

 ▪ a five-year subscription with a global Tier 1 bank customer to 

extend its current investment in Clareti software. The contract 
value totals £2.8m for the ongoing use of the technology and 
follows the successful migration of the bank’s global legacy 
“core reconciliations” to Clareti Control; and 

 ▪ securing a multi-year renewal with the largest customer 
acquired through Electra, providing greater certainty over 
future years.

Provide incremental growth opportunities through 
focused innovation programme 
The Board and management team are focused on fostering a 
culture of innovation, supported by investment in our products, 
people and client relationships to ensure we continue to deliver 
market-leading solutions to some of the largest companies in 
the world. This commitment is demonstrated by the improved 
matching results and economic performance being seen by 
the Tier 1 bank development partner for our cash and stock 
reconciliation offering. Economic benefits are substantially ahead 
of the displaced legacy transaction lifecycle management product 
and provides an indicative business case for other institutions.

Our Control software is now a clear leader in the market in terms 
of functionality and scalability, and the priority for our R&D team 
has shifted towards ease of adoption and provision of greater 
business self-service capability. During 2022, we will introduce 
new web-based interfaces for our Control solutions and progressively 
upgrade the underlying architectural components such that the 
Electra and Clareti offerings ultimately operate on a common 
“micro-service” based cloud-native Control 2.0 platform. 

Our Connect 2.0 platform, which brings together our data access 
and transformation technology assets across the domains 
of trading STP, regulatory, payments and messaging, has also 
reached a market level of functional maturity. We will continue 
to enhance this service for newer industry requirements such 
as ISO20022, add connectivity to additional industry platforms, 
and make the technology more accessible through adoption of 
natural language processing (NLP) and enhanced reporting. Our 
Connect offering is a powerful capability and extremely relevant 
to today’s global financial markets and we intend to ramp up our 
marketing during the year.

In addition to the continued enhancement of our product 
portfolio, a proportion of the R&D team is dedicated to 
developing and incubating new corporate banking and payments 
software in partnership with ANZ. After three years of work, the 
new technologies are being deployed into production-use cases 
and offer a potentially significant break-out opportunity for the 
Group in the coming years.

12

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTM&A 

Current Trading and Outlook

We look to supplement our organic growth 
opportunities through strategic M&A
Alongside our strategic pillars, we look to supplement our organic 
growth opportunities through strategic M&A. We are proud of 
our successful M&A strategy which has expanded our portfolio 
of products, deepened our relationships with key clients, and 
broadened our footprint internationally. Whilst we continue to 
explore investment opportunities to further scale the business, 
our priority is to leverage the combined assets and enlarged 
global business to sustain high levels of profitable organic 
growth. With that in mind, I am pleased to report that Inforalgo 
has delivered a very strong performance in its first full year with 
the Group. The acquisition has brought additional sticky ARR and 
widened Gresham’s customer footprint in North America. 

Electra

This transformational acquisition opens 
the door to the next stage of development 
at Gresham
The standout event of the year was the USD $38.6m acquisition 
of Electra in June 2021, which not only reinforced our leadership 
position for reconciliation software in financial markets but also 
strengthened our market share and portfolio of products for the 
investment management market. The deal also accelerates our 
opportunity in the major North American market and creates a 
truly global platform for the Group from which to deliver strong, 
long-term growth. 

This transformational acquisition opens the door to the next 
stage of development at Gresham. We are now able to leverage 
the combined investments in product development, distribution 
and customer support infrastructure to compete more 
effectively and ultimately to realise the high margins, strong cash 
generation, and attractive valuation multiples typical of large 
mature enterprise software firms. 

The acquisition of Electra has been a catalyst for change within 
the business. We have reviewed our processes for scalability, 
and made rapid progress with integration work, enabling us 
to operate as a single global company internally as well as 
externally in the marketplace.

Electra 
Page 14

Today’s Gresham has the financial 
strength and trusted partner client 
relationships to drive further expansion
As a result of our acquisitions and the successful transition to 
subscription revenues in the Clareti business, Gresham now 
benefits from high levels of recurring revenues. We ended the 
financial year as a larger, more resilient company, with more 
than £37m of 2022 Group revenues already under contract 
(which represents 100% of 2021 Group revenue) in the current 
year, providing significant visibility and a robust platform to 
execute our growth strategy.

Today’s Gresham has the financial strength and trusted 
partner client relationships to drive further expansion in the 
medium-term. We are already regarded as an innovative partner 
to many of the world’s largest financial institutions and our aim 
is to deepen those key account relationships as well as win 
new names. 

There are now strong indications that financial firms 
are planning for greater investment in FY22, with digital 
transformation and automation remaining a priority. During 
2021, we saw increasing levels of management ambition and 
associated budget allocations for change projects in our target 
markets and our pipeline is much improved over the same 
period last year. Several large opportunities are moving through 
competitive tender processes and Gresham is in ‘proof of 
concept’ with a number of new “key accounts”. 

Given the continuing market demand for data and process 
automation, connectivity and control, we also have a significant 
opportunity to grow with our existing installed base of 270+ 
customers by expanding across their operational infrastructures, 
resulting in a regular beat rate of upgrade contracts. We believe 
there is the opportunity to double revenues with our existing 
clients as they expand across business lines and geographies. 

In addition to securing new key accounts and growing with 
existing customers, we are investing in the productisation and 
repeatability of our software to accelerate our scale-up in 
the mid-market in order to attack a total addressable market 
comprising over 500 banks globally and more than 1000 
investment managers. 

At the time of writing, the devastating situation in Ukraine is 
worsening and, as a Group, we condemn the abhorrent actions 
of the Russian and Belarusian leadership in the strongest 
possible terms. Whilst Gresham has limited direct exposure 
to Russian or Belarusian firms, and we have no operations in 
the region, we are committed to playing our part by adhering 
to the governmental sanctions, assessing our operations and 
relationships to ensure they are legally and morally correct, and 
supporting the relief effort to the extent possible. 

With your support, and the hard work of our talented global 
team, we have created the foundations for success and benefit 
from a focused strategy, strong balance sheet and growing 
market opportunity. The Board remains confident in its ambition 
to build a £100m ARR SaaS business with best-in-class 
performance metrics expected of a valuable global financial 
technology company of substantial scale.

Ian Manocha
CHIEF EXECUTIVE
7 March 2022

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

13

STRATEGIC REPORTElectra acquisition

Transforming 
our business

A strong deal rationale and a  
significant step towards our strategic goals

Our transformative acquisition of Electra in June 2021 was underpinned by strong investment case with both shorter term and 
strategic benefits. It constitutes a key step in our ambition to deliver a £100m ARR global business. The acquisition provides 
the enlarged Group with a highly complementary suite of products and solutions, as well as significant opportunity for revenue, 
investment and cost synergies, which we are securing through our integration and globalisation programme. 

Market share

Growth

Financials

1
Leadership position  
in buy-side industry

2
Strengthen positioning 
in US market segment

3
Globalise  
the business

4
Cross-sell  
offerings

5
Recurring revenues  
& earnings quality

6
Greater ability to  
compete, invest & innovate

Scale

Opportunity

Strength

14 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

Page TitleSTRATEGIC REPORTGlobalising our combined business

Since the acquisition completed in June 2021, we have been undertaking a major programme of integration and globalisation work to 
create one company and secure the expected benefits of the acquisition. The overriding aim of the programme is to create a global 
platform for growth in order to deliver on our vision, innovate faster and win in the market. 

Our globalisation blueprint is based on the following principles:

Our go to market strategy
Unified Go to Market and strategy plan

Our service delivery model
Globally consistent delivery model servicing  
all of our clients to high service levels

Our people
Our employees share same values and have  
the same experience no matter where they work

Operate globally, 
engage personally
We will deliver a personalised 
service to our customers, 
supported by a truly 
global organisation

Our business operations
Flexible global business operations, that can support  
the commercial activity in a consistent way, anywhere in the world

Our products and services
An innovative suite of products and services, delivered  
using common architectures, technologies and processes

Our FY21 priorities for globalisation included:

 ▪ securing our customers and our people;

 ▪ corporate re-branding; 

 ▪ consolidation of sales and marketing platforms;

 ▪ integration of internal operations;

 ▪ first phase of globalisation for product and customer success 

functions; and

 ▪ global go-to-market plans for FY22.

Having successfully completed the priority workstreams referred 
to above in 2021, our globalisation efforts in 2022 are focused on:

 ▪ building out the global sales platform to achieve 

revenue synergies;

 ▪ offering our solutions and services in all locations; 

 ▪ accelerating our innovation and delivery using common 

architectures, technologies and processes;

 ▪ executing our consolidated cloud strategy and achieving 

cost synergies; and

 ▪ standardising our IT systems and processes and thereby 

achieving further cost and operational synergies.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

15

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRAT EGI C   R EPORT

Strategy

Our route to 
long-term success

1

Our strategic plan 
is designed to drive 
profitable growth  
and create long-term 
shareholder value.

Build a high-margin, 
recurring revenue 
stream based on 
Clareti software 
and cloud services.

2

Create a valuable 
financial technology 
business through 
Clareti-led growth  
and complementary 
acquisitions.

Key achievements in 2021
We increased Clareti annualised 
recurring revenues (ARR) by 95% 
(including Electra) (see KPIs, page 20). 
Clareti ARR now represents more 
than 85% of Group ARR (2020: 78%). 
Following the acquisition of Electra in 
June 2021, 57% of our Clareti ARR is 
now generated from cloud solutions.

Key achievements in 2021
We acquired Electra in June 2021, 
which substantially extends our 
business, particularly in North America. 
This increases our target addressable 
market and provides more upsell and 
cross-sell opportunities. 

Key priorities for 2022
We will invest in sales and marketing 
capacity and globalise our distribution 
operations to capitalise on our 
expanded product offerings. We will 
also expand our managed service 
offerings to expand our footprint 
in existing and new customers 
and grow our share of wallet. 

Key priorities for 2022
We will complete the integration 
of Electra to maximise the 
opportunities for revenue, cost 
and operational synergies. We will 
deliver organic Clareti growth. We 
will continue to explore appropriate 
acquisition opportunities. 

16 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT3

Establish Clareti as 
the enterprise data 
integrity platform 
“category leader”.

4

Focus our product 
investment on 
innovative Clareti 
solutions for our 
chosen markets.

5

Retain strategic 
non-Clareti 
revenues to support 
Clareti-led growth.

Key achievements in 2021
We delivered demand generation 
campaigns; thought leadership, 
integrated go-to-market programmes 
and customer events across all key 
target markets via a host of digital 
and online channels. We won two 
key industry awards in 2021: Chartis 
RiskTech 100 category award-winner 
for sell-side reconciliations and FTF 
best reconciliation provider. 

Key priorities for 2022
We are focused on driving brand 
awareness and market understanding 
of our leading Control, Connect, 
Data Services & Managed Services 
capabilities across our priority markets. 
We will execute enterprise solution-set 
campaigns to cross-sell and up-sell 
to our enlarged customer portfolio. 

Key achievements in 2021
We delivered major new features 
for market-facing reconciliations, 
allowing key customers to go live 
with our next-generation solution. 
We enhanced our cloud solutions 
and product integration capabilities 
to meet the growing demand. We 
delivered sophisticated solutions 
through combining Connect and 
Control to enable our customers 
to innovate their market offerings.

Key priorities for 2022
We will release major new versions 
of our Control and Connect 
solutions containing new features 
and capabilities to enhance our 
propositions. We will expand our 
managed service offerings and excite 
our customers and prospects with 
a compelling innovation roadmap. 
We will further exploit the synergies 
in Connect and Control to deliver 
solutions that are beyond the reach 
of our competitors.

Key achievements in 2021
Our non-Clareti revenues were 
ahead of our original expectations. 
Specifically, the contracting services 
business we provide to ANZ continues 
to be productive. Our legacy products 
were managed effectively and profitably. 

Key priorities for 2022
We will continue to provide 
contracting services to ANZ. We will 
re-evaluate the viability and business 
risks of the individual legacy products 
to ensure they can remain profitable 
and serviceable, or discontinue 
them if not. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

17

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategy in action

Putting stakeholders in control of 
their data, operations and growth

CONT ROL

CONNECT

Efficiently automating, 
validating and reconciling  
our customers data, 
workflows and reporting 
Enterprise-grade platform for matching, reconciliation, 
exception management and control of “any and all” 
transaction data. Highly flexible and customisable, data 
agnostic and proven at massive scale. 

Dynamically optimising  
all our customers  
enterprise messaging  
and data connectivity 
Technology and service that enables firms to rapidly connect 
disparate applications, access, control and transform data 
and real-time process flows.

Extensive library of supported services including banking, 
payments, trading STP, accounting, regulatory reporting and 
other common industry applications and data platforms. 

Of the partners we considered to transform 
our control framework, Gresham’s Control 
for intersystems gave us the greatest 
flexibility in terms of data sources. 
We were able to leverage technology 
without rebuilding or reconfiguring our 
core infrastructure which allowed us to 
build controls on a scale and complexity 
we were previously unable to consider.”

Richard Draper
HEAD OF CONTROL - PAYMENTS, CORPORATE & BUSINESS BANKING
SANTANDER UK

The truly data agnostic capabilities, 
proven agility, and flexibility of Connect 
and Control will enable us to grow at 
speed, meet regulatory requirements with 
confidence, and ultimately continue to 
address the rising demand for innovative 
cross-border payments solutions across 
Europe and beyond.”

Marcel Leeflang
HEAD OF OPERATIONS PAYMENTS
BRINK’S SOLUTIONS NEDERLAND

50%

Typical reduction in 
exception handling by 
firms using Control

97%

Reduction in time to 
onboard new controls  
for a global clearer

42

Countries using Connect 
and Control at one 
multi‑national corporation

350+

Adapters and 
transformations, for 
out‑of‑the‑box connectivity

18 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTDATA  SERVICES

MAN AGED   SERVICES

Increase business value and 
operational efficiency with 
timely, high-quality data 

A complete source for accurate, reliable data that 
consolidates securities, cash position and transaction 
information for buy-side firms and service providers alike. 

Remove the burden of 
managing technology while 
achieving greater flexibility, 
efficiency and scale 
Flexible service options, cloud deployment, operations 
and technical services supporting our Connect and Control 
solutions, giving you the ability to simplify, streamline 
and scale multiple workflows and platforms through 
one trusted provider.

Through their knowledge of post-trade 
and working with so many custodians and 
other industry suppliers, the team are 
clearly experts in data and reconciliation 
workflow. Understanding our process, the 
custodians we work with and the data 
each provides is a key advantage for us.”

Gresham’s Managed Service positions us 
for growth by providing the flexibility to 
handle only the part of the process we 
want outsourced and on a gradual basis, 
rather than taking a big-bang approach to 
full outsourcing, potentially increasing our 
operational risk.”

Andrew Wiechert
OPERATIONS MANAGER
WCM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

HEAD OF OPERATIONS
LARGE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FIRM

1,500+

Global data sources

4,500

Unique data feeds

£20tn

in assets moved daily  
by our solutions

£3m

in yearly savings  
delivered for a tier  
one investment bank

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

19

STRATEGIC REPORTKey performance indicators

Strategy key

Measuring 
our progress

1   Build a high-margin, recurring revenue stream based 

on Clareti software and cloud services.

2   Create a valuable financial technology business through 
Clareti-led growth and complementary acquisitions.

3   Establish Clareti as the enterprise data integrity platform 

“category leader”.

4   Focus our product investment on innovative 
Clareti solutions for our chosen markets.

5   Retain strategic non-Clareti revenues to support 

Clareti-led growth.

Financial KPIs
The following key performance indicators (“KPIs”) have been selected as the most appropriate 
financial measures of strategy execution for the Group. Performance of these KPIs has been 
discussed within the Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s Statement and Financial Review.

Group revenue

£37.0m +49%

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

24.8

25.0

19.3

Clareti revenue

£25.5m +65%

37.0

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

15.5

15.5

11.8

25.5

Links to strategy
1   2   5

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

Description
Total revenue generated and recognised in the year from all operations, 
including Clareti Solutions and Other Solutions. 

Why is it a KPI?
Measures the Group’s overall performance at revenue level, which 
is an indicator of the Group’s overall size and complexity.

Description
Total revenue generated and recognised in the year from Clareti Solutions. 

Why is it a KPI?
Measures the Group’s success in winning and retaining Clareti revenues, 
which is an indicator of the Group’s progress in its Clareti-led strategy. 

Clareti annualised recurring revenues (“ARR”)

Adjusted EBITDA3

£24.0m +95%

£7.2m +60%

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

12.3

9.5

7.4

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

24.0

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018

0.9

Links to strategy
1   2   4   5

7.2

4.5

4.1

Description
Aggregate value of all recurring revenues from Clareti Solutions that are 
either fully or partially contracted for the next twelve months and/or are 
highly expected to renew in the next twelve months. The value stated 
is given as at 31 December 2021. 

Why is it a KPI?
Provides a forward-looking view of the minimum expected Clareti 
revenues in the next twelve months, which gives confidence to business 
planning and investment decisions. 

Description
Group earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, 
adjusted for share-based payment charges and exceptional items. 

Why is it a KPI?
Key measure of the Group’s effectiveness in converting revenue 
to earnings, excluding the effects of certain non-operational 
and/or exceptional transactions.

(1)  All KPI data excludes discontinued operations, except for profit before tax which includes discontinued operations and exceptional items.

(2)  Values stated for 2021 include the impact of the acquisition of Electra. See note 23 for details.

(3)  The adjustments to earnings per share and EBITDA have been provided in order to present the underlying performance of the business on a comparable basis (see note 5).

20 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleNon-financial KPIs
The following KPIs have been selected as the most appropriate non-
financial measures of strategy execution for the Group. Performance 
of these KPIs has been discussed within the Chairman’s Statement, 
CEO’s Statement and Financial Review. The Group tracks a number 
of other non-financial performance indicators operationally that are 
not considered to be individually relevant as measures of overall 
strategy execution success. This is reviewed annually.

Number of Clareti customers

270+ (2020: 120+)

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

Description
Total number of Clareti customers as at 31 December 2021. 

Why is it a KPI?
Growing the customer base provides additional revenue as well 
as opportunities for future expansion.

Clareti ARR net retention rate

106% 

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

Description
The rate of Clareti ARR growth in the previous twelve months based 
exclusively on contracts in place at the start of the twelve month period. 
Includes annualised and apportioned rate from Electra since acquisition.

Why is it a KPI?
This measure provides the Clareti ARR growth rate of a specific customer 
cohort from start to end of the year, which enables the Group to analyse 
and address causes of Clareti ARR attrition and forecast more reliably. 

People engagement score

78% +2%

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4   5

Cash adjusted EBITDA3 

£2.5m +733%

2021 

2.5

0.3

0.3

2020

2019

(2.1)

2018

Links to strategy
1   2   4   5

Description
Adjusted EBITDA less capitalised development spend and any IFRS16 
lease-related cash payments.

Why is it a KPI?
A reflection of cash generation in the year, reflecting the Group’s 
effectiveness in converting revenue to cash generation. 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share3

5.0p +27%

2021

2020

2019

2.0

5.0

4.0

2018

(1.5)

Links to strategy
1   2   4   5

Description
Earnings per individual share, taking into account changes in capital 
structure and issued equity on a fully diluted basis, adjusted for share-
based payment charges, deferred tax charge on inter-group sale of IP, 
exceptional items and amortisation from acquired intangible assets. 

Why is it a KPI?
Measure of Group profitability that identifies performance on a per 
share metric and enables comparisons against other companies. 

Net cash

£9.1m +2%

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Links to strategy
1   2   5

5.6

9.1

8.9

9.6

Description
The overall score derived from the Group’s annual employee 
engagement survey.

Why is it a KPI?
A highly engaged workforce tends to be more productive, so this measure 
provides an assessment of the overall engagement. The detailed survey 
results enable the Group to take targeted action to increase engagement 
levels as appropriate.

Description
Aggregate net cash balance (including bank deposits/restricted cash) 
as at 31 December 2021 including bank deposits after operational, 
investing and financing activities during the financial year. 

Why is it a KPI?
Provides a measure of the Group’s financial strength 
and self-sufficiency to support operations, make investments 
and withstand unexpected headwinds. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

21

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Stakeholder engagement

Our  
stakeholders

Section 172(1) statement
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 provides that a director 
of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, 
would be most likely to promote the success of the company 
for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have 
regard (amongst other matters) to:

(a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

(b)  the interests of the company’s employees;

(c)   the need to foster the company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

(d)   the impact of the company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

(e)   the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct; and

(f)  the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

This section describes how the Directors have had regard to 
the matters set out in section 172(1)(a)-(f) of the Companies Act 
2016 and forms the Directors’ statement required under section 
414CZA of that Act. In making this statement, the Directors have 
focused on matters of strategic importance to the Group, having 
regard to the size and complexity of its business. 

22 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

Investors

Why engagement is important
To communicate our long-term strategic 
objectives effectively and promote long-
term holdings.

To secure investor support for our strategic 
objectives and ensure access to capital to 
deliver on our execution plans.

How management and/or  
Directors engage
Use of the AGM, analyst presentations, 
investor presentations, a bi-annual capital 
markets day.

Individual investor meetings with the CEO, 
CFO, Chairman and/or committee chairs. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We acquired Electra in June 2021 which 
significantly enhanced the Company’s value 
proposition and provides further growth 
opportunities. We consulted with investors 
and gained shareholder approval for the 
transaction in general meeting. 

We appointed Alma PR to advise us 
on financial messaging and to develop 
and deliver a compelling investor 
communications programme.

We conducted an ESG review and committed 
to developing an ESG strategy.

For further information, see Statement 
of Corporate Governance, Page 40,  
and ESG, Page 24

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleWorkforce

Customers

Suppliers

Why engagement is important
To deliver our long-term strategic objectives.

To maintain competitive advantage 
and deliver market-leading solutions 
to our customers.

To promote our culture, purpose and values, 
foster a healthy working environment for our 
workforce, support their wellbeing and be 
a responsible business. 

Why engagement is important
To ensure we meet or exceed our 
customers’ requirements and maintain 
competitive advantages.

To build a highly referenceable customer 
base with low attrition rates. 

To identify and assess new market 
opportunities and collaborate with 
customers on high-value projects.

To maintain low turnover and high 
productivity rates. 

To promote brand loyalty and identify sales 
opportunities for other Gresham solutions.

Why engagement is important
To ensure that we operate our business 
effectively and without disruption.

To act fairly and responsibly with respect 
to our suppliers. 

To adhere to our contractual obligations 
to suppliers.

How management and/or  
Directors engage
We nominate senior business contacts to 
manage our key supplier relationships. They 
are supported by operations staff as required 
to manage supplier risks and requirements. 

We participate in Business in the Community 
(“BITC”) which promotes responsible business. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We did not make any strategic decisions 
in the year affecting suppliers. 

How management and/or  
Directors engage
Use of transparent, anonymous workforce 
engagement surveys, with commitments to 
address areas of concern. 

Ad hoc initiatives such as mental health 
awareness days, charity fundraisers and 
social events. 

Use of performance reviews, objective 
setting and formal policies and procedures.

Board meetings held at each UK office and 
regular management visits to overseas 
offices, although this was not possible due 
to COVID-19 related travel restrictions. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We continued to offer flexible working 
in light of the COVID-19 pandemic and 
operated all our offices in line with 
governmental guidelines. 

We introduced a new benefits provider in the 
UK and we aligned benefits and terms and 
conditions for all US employees following 
the acquisition of Electra. 

We introduced an additional birthday leave 
policy for all employees globally. 

How management and/or  
Directors engage
Quarterly customer success meetings, 
involving management representatives. 

Executive sponsorship programme 
for key accounts. 

Chairing industry roundtables and 
customer forums to communicate and 
consult on product development priorities 
and new features to address emerging 
market requirements.

Customer satisfaction surveys 
on support incidents. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We invested heavily in developing new 
features and capabilities for cash and 
stock reconciliations, directly aligned 
to customer requirements. 

We conducted an ESG review and 
committed to developing an ESG strategy.

For further information,  
see People and Culture, Page 25,  
and share schemes, Page 99

For further information,  
see CEO’s statement, Page 10,  
and ESG, Page 24

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

23

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, social and governance

Scaling up  
responsibly

Gresham is growing and globalising. As we do, we are committed to ensuring that we’re “Scaling up responsibly.” 

Having completed a review of environment, social and governance (“ESG”) considerations in 2021, we are now developing 
a strategic direction to sustainability. During the review, we learned a great deal about the macrotrends, industry trends, regulatory 
and policy directions, and employee and senior team member thoughts and perceptions of ESG and sustainability. These insights 
have enabled us to develop a three-pillar ESG strategic direction for Gresham, under the umbrella proposition of Scaling up responsibly. 

The strategy is underpinned by culture and governance as the existing foundations for our success.

We are excited about developing and executing our ESG strategy over the coming months and years. 

Scaling up  
responsibly

Our Customers
Leveraging our growth 
to improve sustainable 
customer outcomes.

Our World
Managing our impact on 
the environment and 
being a force for good in 
our world.

Our People
Fostering positive, 
inclusive and productive 
communities in our 
business and  
our industry.

UND ERPINNED   BY  OUR   D RIV ERS

Brilliant culture

Great governance

24 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPeople and culture

Our aim is to be a highly valued, engaging and responsible 
employer across the Group, where our people uphold our core 
values and are encouraged to excel. We challenge ourselves to 
be an inclusive and collaborative place to be successful. 

We know that our people are key to our collective expertise 
and growth plans. Our business model is to attract, retain and 
develop talented individuals to help us deliver our long-term 
objective of becoming one of the world’s leading providers of 
enterprise financial technology solutions. We seek to foster a 
culture of innovation and empowerment where talent, enterprise 
and collaboration are recognised and rewarded. 

Attracting, retaining and developing our talent
We implement Group-wide strategies designed to attract, retain 
and develop our people that reflect the local geographic and 
industry economic climate. These strategies include competitive 
terms and conditions, a defined contribution pension scheme, 
consideration of family and personal needs, training and career 
development coaching, and a wide range of other flexible 
benefits designed to reflect the Group’s culture and values. 
Our performance-related pay structures include an Annual 
Bonus Scheme, which is linked to personal objectives and 
wider team and Group objectives. The Annual Bonus Scheme 
is complemented by our employee share scheme, which is 
designed to align employee incentives with shareholder interests 
through the award of shares. 

Our hiring model is based on creating an agile, highly motivated 
and collaborative international teams. Our strength comes from 
collaboration between seasoned professionals with deep client 
industry experience and some of the brightest technology talent 
on the market. 

We also “hire for attitude”, placing great importance on 
our values, effective team working and customer success.

We operate our own bespoke leadership development 
programme. This programme is designed to equip all of our 
people leaders with the fundamental tools, techniques and 
resources to coach and mentor their teams to deliver a 
winning performance. Alongside this we support personal and 
professional growth, encouraging our people to develop their 
technical competency as well as interpersonal skills and those 
related to our values-based behaviours. We create space to do 
this by encouraging our people to spend 5% of their time on 
professional development.

Engaging with our people
We listen to our people. We have an “always on” approach to 
employee engagement and communications including regular 
meetings within individual teams throughout the Group, regular 
Group-wide communications and confidential feedback 
mechanisms and engagement surveys. Performance appraisals 
happen formally at mid and full year, but we encourage ongoing 
dialogue and continuous performance management coaching 
conversations throughout the year to ensure that our people are 
getting support and feedback in order to be successful in their 
roles and to continue growing at Gresham.

Trust is vital in order to support and promote the exceptional 
levels of employee engagement we enjoy and helps to ensure that 
the working environment balances wellbeing, provides motivating 
opportunities for growth and operates with compassion.

Early careers programme
Our early career entry programme is one of the ways that we 
attract promising new colleagues to the business. Our graduate 
and apprenticeship paths within our professional services, 
development and IT teams have been running for several years 
with minimal attrition. 

Our core values

We Embrace Difference
We value different backgrounds, experience, expertise and 
ways of thinking. We encourage curiosity and respect every 
individual, recognising that everyone has the potential to 
bring something extraordinary to the table. We each apply 
our unique talents with passion and integrity and we are all 
committed to making Gresham an exceptional place to work.

We Create Together
Working together with our colleagues, customers and 
partners, we create energy and a dynamic approach to 
challenge the norm and find innovative ways to solve 
problems. Through open discussion and feedback, healthy 
debate and continuous learning, we combine the virtues of 
experience and fresh thinking. We operate at pace, taking 
the lead where appropriate, ensuring that we work together 
to seamlessly deliver outstanding products and services.

We Champion Success
We are passionate about delivering successful outcomes 
for our customers and employees, as well as our industry 
and our community. Our nimble approach means that we 
can adapt to our customers’ individual ways of working, 
taking ownership for delivering the wow factor, delighting 
customers and enabling our business and our people to 
grow and flourish.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

25

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironment, social and governance continued

Community

Charity

As a company that uses the power of technology to improve 
the way organisations operate, we are committed to supporting, 
developing and helping to educate the future workforce about 
this sector.

We are proud to be Business Class members of and advisers 
to The Prince’s Responsible Business Network, through our 
partnership with Business in the Community (“BITC”). BITC’s 
vision is to make the UK the world leader at responsible business, 
through inspiring, engaging and challenging businesses to tackle 
some of global society’s biggest issues. 

Ethical business practices

We are committed to corporate sustainability and to an ethical 
and principled approach of doing business.

Human rights
This includes recognising and supporting the protection 
of human rights around the world. Gresham is guided by 
internationally proclaimed fundamental principles such as those 
set out in the United Nations Universal Declaration of Human 
Rights. Gresham’s key principles in relation to human rights are 
guided by the Ten Principles of the UN Global Compact. 

Modern slavery
Modern slavery is a crime and a violation of fundamental human 
rights. We have a zero-tolerance approach to modern slavery 
and we are committed to acting ethically and with integrity in 
all our business dealings and relationships and to implementing 
and enforcing effective systems and controls to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place anywhere in our own business or in 
any of our supply chains. 

We are also committed to ensuring there is transparency in our 
own business and in our approach to tackling modern slavery 
throughout our supply chains, consistent with our disclosure 
obligations under the Modern Slavery Act 2015. We expect the 
same high standards from all of our contractors, suppliers and 
other business partners and, wherever possible as part of our 
contracting processes, we include specific prohibitions against 
the use of forced, compulsory or trafficked labour, or anyone 
held in slavery or servitude, whether adults or children, and we 
expect that our suppliers will hold their own suppliers to the 
same high standards.

Anti‑corruption and bribery
The Company is committed to applying the highest standards 
of ethical conduct and integrity to its business activities 
in the UK and overseas. The Company does not tolerate 
any form of bribery, whether direct or indirect, by, or of, its 
employees, officers, agents or consultants or any persons or 
companies acting for it or on its behalf. The Directors and senior 
management are committed to implementing and enforcing 
effective systems throughout the Company to prevent, monitor 
and eliminate bribery, in accordance with its obligations under 
the Bribery Act 2010 and equivalent legislation overseas.

26 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

We believe we have an important role to play in supporting the 
work of charities, both corporately and individually. We encourage 
our people to support charitable causes and, as a company, 
we often provide assistance (such as guidance and insights) or 
resources (such as surplus IT equipment) to charities. 

Every year, we pledge to donate £1 to charity for every customer 
who completes our single-click customer satisfaction survey. 
Since inception of this scheme several years ago, we have 
collected £3,316 and will be donating this sum to charities 
selected by ballot of our global customer success team. 

We also operate a policy whereby employees can purchase their 
corporate device (laptop or mobile phone) from Gresham when 
it is due for upgrade, with 100% of proceeds donated to charity. 
Not only does this raise funds for charity, but it also promotes 
recycling and device longevity. We are pleased to have raised 
£3,200 for charity from our employees from the sale of used 
corporate devices in 2021. 

Equal opportunity
The Company is an equal opportunity employer; we celebrate 
diversity and are dedicated to creating an inclusive environment 
for all employees. We are committed to ensuring that our 
workplaces are free from unlawful or unfair discrimination in 
accordance with applicable legislation and our values. We are 
determined to ensure that no applicant or employee receives 
less favourable treatment on the grounds of gender, age, 
disability, religion, belief, sexual orientation, marital status, or 
race, or is disadvantaged by conditions or requirements which 
cannot be shown to be justifiable. This includes upholding the 
following principles:

 ▪ recruitment and employment decisions are made 

on the basis of fair and objective criteria;

 ▪ person and job specifications are limited to those 

requirements which are necessary for the effective 
performance of the job;

 ▪ interviews are conducted on an objective basis; personal or 
home commitments will not form the basis of employment 
decisions except where necessary and relevant; and

 ▪ all employees have a right to equality of opportunity. Our 

policies and practices aim to promote an environment that 
is free from all forms of unlawful or unfair discrimination 
and values the diversity of all people. We seek to treat all 
applicants and employees fairly and with dignity and respect.

Gender analysis
At 31 December 2021, the Group had the following split of 
gender of staff:

Executive Directors
Senior managers
Staff

Non-Executive Directors

Female

—
2 
42

44

2 

Male

2
6
156

164

2 

Total

2
8
198

208

4 

STRATEGIC REPORTThe methodology used to calculate Gresham’s emissions is 
based on the “Environmental Reporting Guidelines: including 
mandatory greenhouse gas emissions reporting guidance” 
(June 2013) and “The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited 
Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 
2018” issued by the Department for Environment, Food and 
Rural Affairs (“Defra”). Gresham has also utilised Defra’s 2016 
conversion factors within the reporting methodology.

For the purposes of global greenhouse gas emissions data for the 
year ended 31 December 2021, the following disclosure is made:

UK

Group

31 
December
2021

31 
December
2020

31 
December
2021

31 
December
2020

19

24

40

37 

1.8

2.3

1.1

1.5

Emissions from

Electricity, heat, 
steam and cooling 
purchased for own 
use – tonnes of CO2e
Group’s chosen 
intensity 
measurement
Emissions reported 
above normalised 
to tonnes of 
CO2e per total 
£1,000,000 revenue

The Group’s total energy consumption for the year ended 
31 December 2021 was 186,000 kWh (2020: 158,000 kWh).

Emissions data has been reported for Gresham’s operations 
in the UK, USA, Luxembourg and Australia, with locations in 
Malaysia, and Singapore considered not material to the scope 
of this reporting. 

In order to express Gresham’s annual emissions in relation to 
a quantifiable factor associated with the Group’s activities, the 
Directors have used revenue as Gresham’s intensity ratio as this 
is the most relevant indication of its growth and provides for the 
best comparative measure over time.

Environment

Policy statement
Whilst the nature of our activities is such that the Group does 
not have a significant impact on the environment relative to 
other industries, we recognise that we have a duty to manage our 
business affairs and operations in a sustainable and responsible 
manner. This includes minimising the impact of our activities 
on the environment and supporting environmental initiatives 
relevant to our industry. To achieve this, Gresham’s environmental 
strategy consists of the following:

 ▪ minimising waste;

 ▪ minimising toxic emissions;

 ▪ actively promoting recycling in all of its locations;

 ▪ meeting or exceeding all applicable environmental legislation 

that relates to Gresham;

 ▪ supporting, adopting and/or promoting industry initiatives 
designed to address environmental issues specific to 
Gresham’s sector; and

 ▪ seeking to influence its supply chain by preferring suppliers 
who uphold industry-leading environmental standards over 
those who do not. 

Climate change
The Board is responsible for the Group’s climate change policy, 
and the matter is discussed at Board meetings as appropriate. 
The Board has commissioned a review of the Group’s ESG 
credentials and has determined a high-level strategic direction 
under the theme of “scaling up responsibly” (see page 24 for 
further details). 

The Group does not consider that there are any significant risks 
associated with climate change impacting the Gresham Group. 
As Gresham is currently defining its climate change strategy as 
part of its broader ESG strategy, no significant climate targets 
have been identified to date. The risk management process 
for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks is 
currently being defined as part of the wider review of our ESG 
strategy. Therefore we are currently not in full compliance with 
the TCFD guidance.

Carbon emissions 
This section includes Gresham’s mandatory reporting of 
greenhouse gas emissions pursuant to the Companies Act 
2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 
(the “Regulations”).

Gresham’s reporting year is the same as its fiscal year, being 
the year ended 31 December 2021. This greenhouse gas 
reporting year has been established to align with our financial 
reporting year.

Gresham reports emissions data using an operational control 
approach to define organisational boundary, which meets the 
definitional requirements of the Regulations in respect of those 
emissions for which it is responsible. Gresham has reported 
on all material emission sources which it deems itself to be 
responsible for. These sources align with Gresham’s operational 
control and financial control boundaries. Gresham does not 
have responsibility for any emission sources that are beyond 
the boundary of Gresham’s operational control. For example, 
business travel other than by car (including, for example, 
commercial flights or railways) and fully managed offices are 
not within Gresham’s operational control and, therefore, are 
not considered to be its responsibility.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

27

STRATEGIC REPORTPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Effective risk 
management systems

Our aim is to recognise and address the key risks and uncertainties facing Gresham 
at all levels of the business.

There are a number of risk factors that could adversely affect the Group’s execution of its strategic plan and, more generally, the Group’s operations, 
business model, financial results, future performance, solvency, or the value or liquidity of its equities. The Board is committed to addressing these risks 
by implementing systems for effective risk management and internal control. A report on the Board’s review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems can be found in the Audit Committee Report on page 43.

The Board has performed a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties that could threaten Gresham’s business, business model, strategies, 
financial results, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The items listed in the table below represent the known principal risks and uncertainties, but the table 
does not list all known or potential risks and uncertainties exhaustively. Where possible, mitigation steps are taken to safeguard against materialised risks. 

Failure to win new Clareti  
business in line with plan

Links to strategy
1   2   3

Description
Winning new Clareti business is 
central to our strategic growth 
plan. Failure to do so would directly 
impact our achievement of overall 
objectives or lengthen the period 
taken to achieve them. Specifically, 
failure to win new Clareti contracts 
early enough in the year reduces 
the revenue recognisable from new 
contracts in the year, and would 
potentially jeopardise our ability to 
deliver the implementations and 
recognise the associated revenues 
in the year.

Commentary
We continue to see strong market 
demand for Clareti solutions, but 
sales cycles become and remain 
more unpredictable as a result of 
the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. 
This presents unquantifiable risks 
to achieving our short-term growth 
aspirations and business plan. 
Nevertheless, we are pleased with 
the Group’s performance in 2021 
and the notable sales successes 
achieved, despite the challenging 
market conditions. 

Product and service  
delivery failures

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4

Description
Issues or failures with our software 
products or services could lead 
to failed implementations, project 
delays, cost overruns, data 
loss, security issues, customer 
dissatisfaction, early termination, 
service level breaches and 
contractual claims, all of which 
could adversely impact the Group’s 
revenues, earnings and reputation. 

Commentary
We successfully completed 
several projects in the year. Often, 
our enterprise customers have 
complex data requirements, 
which can render implementation 
projects particularly challenging. 
We operate a clear methodology 
to align expectations from the 
outset, manage projects effectively 
and minimise issues or delays, 
but this is not always possible. 
Where necessary, we invest time 
and resource to rectify errors and 
minimise contractual, commercial 
and reputational risks. 

Misdirected product,  
operational or strategic investments

Accelerated decline  
in non‑Clareti revenues

Links to strategy
2   4   5

Description
Our model is to invest in product 
development and other areas to 
support Clareti-led organic growth. 
Strategic investments such as 
acquisitions present opportunity 
for accelerated growth. Failing to 
achieve meaningful returns on 
investments would hinder the 
Group’s strategic growth plan 
and potentially jeopardise the 
Group’s position in the market 
and its prospects. 

Commentary
Our ongoing investments in product 
innovation are an essential part of 
our strategy. In 2021, we continued 
our significant investments in 
delivering production-ready 
market-differentiating features 
for key customers to enable us to 
target the large market currently 
dominated by legacy reconciliation 
providers. We also continued 
to invest in our strategic cash 
management solution with ANZ, 
which we believe has strong growth 
prospects over the medium to 
long-term. The Electra business, 
acquired in June 2021, has been 
materially integrated and is 
performing as expected. 

Links to strategy
4   5

Description
Non-Clareti revenues provide a 
strong contribution to revenues, 
earnings and cash flow and 
are key to short-term financial 
success and ongoing investments 
in Clareti. Whilst the Group expects 
these contributions to decline over 
time, an unexpected or accelerated 
decline could have an immediate 
and significant impact on financial 
KPIs due to short-term planning 
assumptions. 

Commentary
Risks in the non-Clareti portfolio 
have remained stable this year and 
we broadly expect this to remain 
the case in 2022. However, we 
regularly review individual portfolio 
risks and will consider strategic 
options such as discontinuations 
or disposals in mitigation where 
risk reaches unacceptable levels. 
Specifically, our ability to support 
the EDT portfolio is becoming 
increasingly challenging and, given 
its steady decline over the last few 
years, we are actively considering a 
discontinuation of this portfolio in 
the short-term. 

28 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTEconomic, international  
trade and market conditions

Links to strategy
1   2   5

Description
The Group is generally exposed 
to political, economic, trade, 
market and public health risk 
factors, such as global or localised 
economic downturn, changing 
international trade relationships, 
foreign exchange fluctuations, 
consolidation or insolvency of 
existing or prospective customers 
or competitor products, all 
of which could significantly 
threaten Gresham’s performance 
and prospects. 

People risks

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4   5

Description
A loss or material issue with key 
members of staff could cause 
material disruption and a skills 
shortage. Competitor poaching 
could result in intellectual property 
leakage. Staff misconduct, 
negligence or fraud could cause 
Gresham significant reputational 
damage and potential financial loss. 

Commentary
In light of the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic, we continued to 
manage our business prudently 
and in accordance with our incident 
response plans. Having adjusted to 
this situation in 2020, we did not 
suffer any business interruption 
during 2021, and trading conditions 
were generally settled during 2021, 
although the pandemic continues 
to hinder sales efforts as customers 
are more difficult to engage and 
their budgets are under greater 
scrutiny. We expect these risks to 
continue in 2022. Furthermore, 
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and 
the sanctions imposed upon 
Russia by the UK, the EU and the 
USA (amongst others) could have 
a significant detrimental effect on 
the global economy and trading 
conditions generally. 

Commentary
People risks were generally stable 
in the year, although market 
factors are driving salary inflation 
and we are experiencing higher 
staff turnover than normal. This is 
particularly affecting the technical 
departments, such as product 
development, where there appears 
to be a skills shortage in the UK. 
Consequently, we are focusing 
significantly on people-retention 
strategies, as well as using our 
expanded global footprint to recruit 
into the most suitable and cost-
effective geographies. These risks 
are expected to continue in 2022. 

IP, data  
and cyber risks

Links to strategy
2   3

Description
A significant IP loss, third party 
IP challenge, data loss, security 
breach or cyber attack could 
significantly threaten Gresham’s 
ability to do business, particularly in 
the short term, and could result in 
significant financial loss.

Commentary
Like all businesses, Gresham is 
exposed to an increasing range of 
cyber attacks but there were no 
material incidents in the year. We 
made considerable investments in 
2021 to enhance the security of our 
systems and processes. We believe 
these are necessary investments 
for our customers and intend to 
make further investments in 2022. 
Specifically, we are working towards 
achieving internationally recognised 
security accreditations during 2022 
and 2023. At the time of writing, we 
are on a heightened state of alert 
regarding cyber attacks from bad 
actors as a result of the sanctions 
imposed by the UK and other 
states in relation to the situation 
in Ukraine.

Governance, regulatory  
and compliance risks

Commentary
This risk was introduced in 
the course of 2021 in order to 
recognise the Group’s key role in 
supporting financial services firms 
in their operational resilience and 
affirm its commitment to do so, 
particularly in light of the Group’s 
expanded global footprint and 
more diverse customer base 
following the acquisition of Electra 
in 2021. Governance, regulatory 
and compliance risks are generally 
overseen and managed by the 
Group’s internal legal function. 
This risk is considered stable. 

Links to strategy

2

Description
The Group is subject to rules, laws 
and regulations pertaining to its 
business operations in the various 
territories in which it operates 
(particularly the UK, the EU and 
the US), and also in relation to 
its status as a premium-listed 
publicly traded company on the 
London Stock Exchange. A breach 
of these rules, laws and regulations 
could lead to public censure, 
fines, or other enforcement action 
by governmental or regulatory 
authorities, all of which could cause 
reputational and/or financial loss, 
and could significantly threaten the 
Group’s performance and prospects.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

29

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial review

Positive trends across 
all Group financial metrics

Transformative acquisition of Electra
We were delighted to complete the transformative acquisition of 
Electra on 22 June 2021 and are grateful for the support provided 
by our new and existing shareholders for the transaction. We are 
also pleased to confirm that since the acquisition Electra has 
been integrated to become part of the Clareti business segment, 
thus will be reported as such. 

Electra was acquired on a debt free, cash free basis with an upfront 
consideration of USD $28.95m. Subject to the achievement 
of performance criteria based on the retention of acquired 
customer recurring revenues, a maximum of USD $9.65m 
(£7.2m) in contingent consideration will be due, payable in 
two instalments after the first and second anniversaries 
of completion. 

Upon acquisition, Electra had £9.2m of forward-looking ARR and 
the following significant balance sheet items: intangible fixed 
assets consisting of customer relationships with a fair value of 
£11.8m and software of £5.0m; right of use assets of £0.3m; trade 
and other receivables of £1.6m; cash and cash equivalents of 
£0.1m; trade, lease and other liabilities of £2.3m and a deferred 
tax liability (generated on acquisition) of £4.1m. 

Subsequent to the acquisition, we are also pleased to report that 
Electra as a standalone business has performed slightly ahead of 
management’s plans. 

Forward‑looking annualised recurring 
revenue “ARR”
Our ARR is an aggregated value of all recurring revenues that are 
either fully or partially contracted for the next twelve months 
and/or are highly expected to renew in the next twelve months. 
Future uplifts in variable usage or contingent recurring fees are 
not included in ARR unless they are contractually certain with all 
deliverables having already been met. 

Through continued organic growth 
and the Electra acquisition we have 
further increased levels of revenue 
predictability throughout the Group. 
In addition to the significantly increased 
Clareti recurring revenue base, high 
levels of contracted backlog for Clareti 
implementation and innovation services 
are in place, and a high portion of the 
non-Clareti portfolio is already under 
contract for 2022.”

30 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTPage TitleClareti ARR 

Clareti ARR at start of year 
Acquired with Electra/Inforalgo
Organic increase in ARR

Clareti ARR at end of year

KPI 

Other ARR

Other ARR

Group ARR

Group ARR

£m
£m
£m

£m

£m

£m

2021

12.3 
9.2
2.5

24.0 

4.1 

28.1

2020

 9.5 
1.2
1.6

 12.3 

3.5 

15.8

Variance

%

N/a
N/a
0.9

11.7

0.6

12.3

56%

95%

17%

78%

Our ARR from our strategic growth business, Clareti, is a critical KPI for the Group as it provides a forward-looking view of the 
minimum expected revenues in the next twelve months which gives confidence to business planning and investment decisions. 
Whilst the Electra acquisition, completed in June 2021, was transformative to our Clareti ARR, it is pleasing to also have seen strong 
organic growth of £2.5m or 20% on the ARR brought forward at the start of the year. Our retention and upsell measures remain strong, 
with the trailing twelve month net Clareti ARR retention rate being 106%, including the annualised Electra rate since acquisition. We 
calculate our net ARR retention rate as ARR from end of period from customers existing at the start of the period divided by ARR at 
the start of the period. There remains a significant market opportunity to both upsell and cross-sell to our continually growing existing 
customer base that we’re strategically investing in capturing. 

ARR from our Other businesses has also grown by £0.6m to £4.1m in 2021, although it should be noted that the growth has come 
from increased end customer usage in the lower margin software reselling business as ARR from our own high-margin legacy 
solutions continues to decline as planned. It remains encouraging to see the ongoing longevity of these business lines continuing 
to provide predictability and further ability to invest with confidence in the Clareti business.

In addition to Group ARR of £28.1m, expected revenues from non-recurring contracts in place as at 31 December 2021 total £9.1m, 
thus giving near contractual certainty over £37.2m of revenue for 2022 before any new or incremental contracts are won. 

Income Statement
Revenues
Our income is analysed between revenues from Clareti Solutions and from our ‘Other’ non-strategic solutions and services, revenues 
from each business of these business segments are then broken into:

 ▪ recurring revenues – which are generated for software and software-related services such as support, maintenance, and other 

ongoing managed services all of which are contracted or expected to continue for the foreseeable future; and 

 ▪ non-recurring revenues – which include professional services, contracting, training and other services that are expected to be 

one-off periodic in nature. 

Given the transformational nature of the Electra acquisition, we have also broken out the Clareti business to show the Electra revenues 
(and gross margin in the Earnings section below) as individual line items within the Clareti business. 

Clareti solutions

Recurring
Recurring – Electra

Recurring – Clareti total
Non-recurring 
Non-recurring – Electra

KPI

Non-recurring – Clareti total

Total Clareti revenues

KPI

Other solutions & services

Group

Recurring
Non-recurring

Total

Total 

KPI

£m
£m

£m

£m

£m

£m
£m

£m

£m

2021

13.5
5.3

18.8
6.4
0.3

6.7

25.5

4.6
6.9

11.5

37.0

2020

11.5
—

11.5
4.0
—

4.0

15.5

3.7
5.6

9.3

24.8

Variance

2.0
N/a

7.3
2.4
N/a

2.7

10.0

0.9
1.3

2.2

12.2

%

18%
N/a

63%
60%
N/a

68%

65%

24%
23%

23%

49%

Clareti solutions
Clareti recurring revenues increased by 63%, up £7.3m on 2020, this included a contribution of £5.3m from Electra since the 
acquisition late in June 2021. Excluding the impact of Electra, Clareti recurring revenues increased by 18%, or £2.0m since the prior 
year. These increases were as a result of new recurring revenue sales, increased consumption of Clareti solutions from our existing 
customers and a full year’s contribution from our 2020 acquisition, Inforalgo. 

Clareti non-recurring revenues increased by 68%, up £2.7m on the prior year, with a relatively small services contribution from 
Electra. Excluding the impact of Electra the increase was 60%. This increase is being driven by new implementations associated 
with the increase in Clareti recurring revenues, step ups in ongoing client support that was delayed during the 2020 lock-down, 
and a significant pull through of additional services with key customer ANZ. ANZ are transitioning towards go-live with our new 
digital banking products and we are building out the ongoing support and managed service capability, part of which will begin being 
recognised as a recurring revenue. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

31

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Financial review continued

Income Statement continued
Revenues continued
Other Solutions and services
Total revenues from Other solutions and services increased by 23% to £11.5m, exceeding our original expectations. This business line 
includes revenues from: a legacy partner relationship where we act as a reseller of third party software; our sole remaining, own IP, 
legacy software product; and our contracting services business where we provide fixed margin services at a margin of 13% under 
twelve-month contractual terms. 

Recurring revenues within the Other solutions and services portfolio increased by 24% to £4.6m as a result of increased end-user 
consumption fees from existing customers of our reseller arrangement. As expected we saw lower revenues from our own-IP 
software, however, these revenue reductions were more than offset by increases in reselling and contracting revenues, albeit at lower 
margins. The mix of revenues within the Other solutions and services portfolio continues to evolve, and we continue to manage the 
portfolio carefully benefitting from good visibility of customer intentions.

Earnings

Clareti Solutions

Other solutions  
and services

Group 

Gross margin
Gross margin – Electra

Gross margin – Clareti total
Gross margin
Gross margin – Electra

Gross margin – Clareti total

Gross margin (*)
Gross margin (*)

Gross margin (*)
Gross margin (*)

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Cash Adjusted EBITDA
Cash Adjusted EBITDA

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax

£m
£m

£m
%
%

%

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

£m

KPI
KPI

KPI
KPI

Adjusted diluted EPS

KPI pence

2021

16.6
4.9

21.5
83%
88%

84%

3.7
32%

25.2
68%

7.2
19%

2.5
7%

(1.0)

5.02

2020

14.3
—

14.3
92%
—

92%

3.4
37%

17.7
71%

4.5
18%

0.3
1%

1.3

3.96

Variance

2.3
N/a

7.2
(9%)
N/a

(8%)

0.3
(5%)

7.5
(3%)

2.7
1%

2.2
6%

(2.3)

1.06

%

16%
N/a

50%
N/a
N/a

N/a

9%
N/a

42%
N/a

60%
N/a

733%
N/a

(177%)

27%

Gross margin and reporting reclassification (*)
Across all business segments, the majority of our cost of sales is made up of: (i) the customer-specific third party costs incurred in 
providing our hosted cloud solutions; (ii) third party contractor costs incurred by our contracting services business; and (iii) in this 
report we have reclassified fixed-term payrolled employees that provide fixed margin contracting/recruitment services to ANZ from 
operating expenses to cost of sales as we consider this a better reflection of our gross margin. The 2020 comparative has also been 
restated, the value of this reclassification in the current year is £2.6m (2020: £3.1m). 

The acquisition of Electra has accelerated the growth of our high gross margin Clareti business, which in line with long standing Group 
strategy, offsets the continued and expected decline in gross margin being generated from the legacy Other solutions and services 
businesses. At a group level, including the impact of the Electra acquisition, gross margins have reduced slightly from 71% to 68%, this 
is as a result of an increased usage of contractors throughout all areas of the business. 

The gross margin within the existing Clareti business has reduced from 92% to 83%, this is due to an increased use of contractors to 
assist with project delivery and an increasing proportion of business being hosted in one of our cloud infrastructures. The acquired 
Electra business is carrying another very high gross margin of 88%. The combination of these is driving a gross margin of 84% for 2021. 

As planned and described in the revenue section above, the Other solutions and services business mix has continued to move in 
balance towards the lower margin software reselling and contracting services business lines from our higher margin legacy owned IP 
which remains in structural decline. 

32 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation) is analysed excluding exceptional items, 
share-based payment charges, amortisation from acquired 
intangible assets and impairment of development costs, which is 
consistent with the way in which the Board reviews the financial 
results of the Group. We also consider this to be consistent 
with the manner in which similar small-cap LSE (or AIM) listed 
companies present their results and how we understand the 
global investment community assesses performance, with 
this particularly being the case for growth shares in which the 
recurring cash performance is considered important. However, 
whilst we consider them consistent and appropriate, this EBITDA 
measure and the cash adjusted EBITDA measure below are 
not necessarily directly comparable to other companies as 
they are not strictly governed IFRS accounting measures, nor 
should they be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, 
any IFRS measures.

Group adjusted EBITDA has improved by £2.7m or 60% since 
the prior year with the margin improving by 1% to 19% in 2021. 
This is as a result of the existing higher margin Clareti business 
continuing to grow and beginning to drive improved operational 
leverage as it scales along with the impact of the Electra 
acquisition, which offset the continued reducing margin of 
the Other solutions and services business lines. Whilst we will 
ensure that we maximise the current market opportunity through 
appropriate strategic investments, we do expect to continue to 
see improvements to these margins in future years. 

Cash Adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA, refers to adjusted EBITDA reduced by the 
value of capitalised development spend and any IFRS16 lease-
related cash expenses classified as depreciation and interest. 
We consider this a good measure of cash profitability for modern 
SaaS business who continue to invest in product development to 
ensure they remain market leading. 

Group cash adjusted EBITDA has also improved since the prior 
year, with £2.2m of the £2.7m improvement in adjusted EBITDA 
(mentioned above) dropping through to improvement cash 
EBITDA. The £0.5m difference between the improvements in the 
two EBITDA measures is as a result of capitalised development 
spend and IFRS-16 lease-related cash expenses in the acquired 
Electra business. This has resulted in a cash adjusted EBITDA 
margin of 7%, an improvement of 6% from a margin of 1% in the 
prior year. Like adjusted EBITDA, we expect to see continued 
improvements in these margins in future years. 

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax and Adjusted diluted EPS
There has been a reduction in statutory profit after tax to a loss 
of £1.0m from a prior year profit of £1.3m. This reduction of £2.3m 
is due to the combination of: improved adjusted operating profit 
of £2.2m as a result of the growth and improved profitability of 
the Group; offset by; increased exceptional expenses of £1.1m 
(see below); increased share-based payment charges of £0.2m; 
increased amortisation on acquired intangibles largely due to 
the Electra acquisition of £0.8m; and an increased tax charge 
of £2.4m (see below). 

Adjusted diluted EPS has improved by 27% to 5.02 pence per 
share. Adjusted earnings used in this calculation adjust the 
statutory result after tax for: exceptional items; amortisation of 
acquired intangibles, share-based payments and the deferred tax 
charge in relation to the sale of the IP acquired with Electra from 
the US to the UK business (see taxation below).

Exceptional items
During the year, the Group recognised exceptional costs of 
£1.8m, of which: (i) £1.3m were acquisition costs in relation to 
the acquisition of Electra Information Systems, Inc on 22 June 
2021; and (ii) £0.5m related to various integration expenses in 
relation to the same acquisition. The prior year exceptional costs 
of £0.4m were in relation to the July 2020 acquisition of Inforalgo 
and various restructuring costs upon the July 2020 expiry of 
the earn-out period relating to the acquisition of the B2 Group 
in July 2018. Offsetting the exceptional costs in the year was 
exceptional income of £0.3m, which occurred from currency 
hedging activities taking place to fund the USD denominated 
Electra acquisition. There was no such exceptional income 
in the prior year. 

Taxation
For the year ended 31 December 2021, the Group has recorded 
a net tax charge of £1.4m (2020: credit of £1.0m). The material 
drivers for the variance from the prior year being: an increase 
in overseas current tax charges of £0.5m as a result of the 
increased profits from our US and Australian operations as those 
businesses continue to grow, with US taxes also increasing as a 
result of the Electra acquisition; a one-off deferred US tax charge 
of £1.4m has also been incurred in the year as a result of the 
Group’s long-term global tax planning, part of which included 
the sale of the IP acquired in the Electra acquisition from our 
US business to our UK business to ensure the UK remains the 
centralised IP generating entrepreneur within the Group; and 
the surrender of tax losses in relation to UK R&D activities being 
£0.3m lower than the prior year which included the surrender 
of two years worth of qualifying R&D. 

Cash flow
The Group’s financial position remained very strong throughout 
2021, at a headline level the cash balance at the year end of 
£9.1m remained fairly consistent with that of the prior year end of 
£8.9m, however there were a number of significant movements 
beneath the headline balances which are described below. There 
continues to be no debt in the business, the USD $15m revolving 
credit facility, put in place at the time of the Electra acquisition 
as an insurance policy to fund the contingent consideration 
payments which coincide with the annual low point in cash, 
has not been drawn upon. 

Operating cash flow excluding working capital and exceptional 
items has increased by £3.0m to £7.5m in the year as a result 
of the improved cash EBITDA of the Group in existence prior to 
the Electra acquisition and the cash generative impact of the 
operations of Electra post acquisition. 

Operating cash outflow from exceptional items has increased by 
£1.4m since the prior year to £1.8m. This increase is one-off in 
nature with the significant majority being advisory and integration 
fees in respect of the Electra acquisition. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

33

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial review continued

Cash flow continued
The movement in working capital has increased by £0.7m to £1.3m at the end of the year. The increase in the movement in working 
capital is as a result of the inclusion of Electra working capital in the Group balance sheet since acquisition which was offset by a 
reduction relating to the unwinding of an initial three-year prepayment of £3.0m from a £1.0m per annum subscription licence that 
became non-contingent in March 2019. 

Net tax payments of £1.1m were made during the year (2020: net tax receipts of £0.8m). Gross tax payments were made in the year of 
£1.1m (2020: £0.5m), the increase on the prior year largely as a result of increased profitability in the US and Australia. In the prior year 
the Group also received gross tax receipts of £1.3m in the year as a result of research and development activities performed during 
2018 and 2019 where enhanced relief was available, an equivalent gross tax reclaim was made during 2021 totalling £1.1m, however, 
this was not received from HMRC until January 2022. 

The capitalised development expenditure of £4.2m has increased by £0.7m from the prior year, the vast majority of the increase being 
in relation to such expenditure within the acquired Electra business. 

During the year the Group paid £0.9m of contingent consideration in relation to the July 2020 Inforalgo acquisition, in the prior year the 
initial consideration of £1.9m was paid. The Group is delighted to report that the contingent consideration payment of £0.9m was paid 
in full shortly after the first anniversary of the acquisition as the target metrics agreed with the sellers were met in full. Subsequent to 
the year end, the final contingent consideration payment of £0.4m was also paid in full during February 2022. 

The group paid £19.6m (net of cash acquired) of initial consideration during the year to acquire Electra in June 2021. This was funded 
through the capital raised of £20.2m (net of costs) in June 2021. 

The Group received £0.1m upon the exercise of share options during the year (2020: £0.5m). 

As was the case in the prior year, with increasing Clareti sales (now including Electra) from the growing annuity base and new 
customer wins, coupled with carefully selected and controlled investments, we expect the cash-generation capacity of the business 
to continue and are looking at opportunities to best utilise the excess cash generated. In order to maximise our returns, we plan to 
increase levels of investment in distribution and customer success, whilst continuing to invest excess cash efficiently in bank deposits 
and giving appropriate consideration to M&A opportunities.

Opening cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Operating cash flow excluding exceptional items
Operating cash flow from exceptional items

Total operating cash flow excluding working capital
Movement in working capital

Cash inflow from operations
Net tax (payments)/receipts
Capital expenditure – development costs
Capital expenditure – other
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Inforalgo acquisition (net of cash acquired)
Electra acquisition (net of cash acquired)
Shares issued – Electra acquisition (net of costs)
Shares issued – upon option exercises
Dividend
Other

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

KPI

£m
£m
£m

£m
£m

£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m

£m

£m

2021

8.9
7.2
(1.5)

5.7
1.3

7.0
(1.1)
(4.2)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(0.9)
(19.6)
20.2
0.1
(0.5)
(0.1)

0.2

9.1

2020

9.6
4.5
(0.4)

4.1
0.6

4.7
0.8
(3.5)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(1.9)
—
—
0.5
(0.5)
(0.1)

(0.7)

8.9

Variance

(0.7)
2.7
(1.1)

1.6
0.7

2.3
(1.9)
(0.7)
—
—
1.0
(19.6)
20.2
(0.4)
—
—

0.9

0.2

%

(7%)
60%
(275%)

39%
117%

49%
(239%)
19%
—
—
51%
—
—
(80%)
—
—

129%

2%

34 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial outlook
Management are very pleased with the financial performance 
for the year, particularly given that the Group entered 2021 
with a weaker pipeline than desired as a result of the COVID-19 
challenges of 2020. It is a testament to the Group that we 
achieved a 20% organic growth rate in Clareti ARR, bolstered to 
95% including the Electra acquisition. The Group plans to at least 
maintain this level of organic Clareti ARR growth going forward. 

The other (non-Clareti) software portfolio continues to surpass 
expectations. Parts of the portfolio are in long-term decline and 
since the general trend is towards the lower margin products 
and services, we continue to plan for a declining contribution 
to Group earnings. We expect our contracting services 
business to remain relatively stable in 2022. 

Overall, through continued organic growth and the Electra 
acquisition we have further increased levels of revenue 
predictability throughout the Group. In addition to the 
significantly increased Clareti recurring revenue base, high levels 
of contracted backlog for Clareti implementation and innovation 
services are in place, and a high portion of the non-Clareti 
portfolio is already under contract for 2022. This was the case 
as we entered 2020 and 2021 and is the case to an even greater 
degree as we enter 2022. With this in mind, we continue to 
invest for growth, including the re-investment of cost synergies 
generated through the scale that the combined Clareti and 
Electra provides the Group. This net investment will be focussed 
on distribution, product and customer success, to drive revenue 
synergies to ensure that we are best placed to take advantage 
of the significant market opportunities.

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
7 March 2022

Consolidated statement of financial position
Intangible fixed assets have increased from £31.1m to £62.3m, 
largely as a result of the Electra acquisition in June 2021. 

Trade receivables increased from £2.5m to £3.8m and accrued 
income (a contract asset) have increased from £0.4m to £1.2m 
both of these increases are aligned with the proportioned 
increase in revenues from the Electra acquisition and associated 
billing cycles.

Income tax receivable has increased from nil to £1.1m due to a 
timing difference in the receipt of funds from HMRC in relation 
to R&D credits, in which the cash from the 2021 claim in relation 
to 2020 activity was received in January 2022, whereas the cash 
from the equivalent claim made in 2020, in relation to 2018 and 
2019 was received in December 2020. 

Called up equity share capital increased by £0.7m to £4.2m and 
the share premium account increased by £19.6m to £23.9m. 
These are both as a result of the capital raise in June 2021 that 
funded the Electra acquisition. 

Deferred tax liabilities have increased by £5.5m to £6.8m as a 
result of £1.4m deferred tax charge in the year on the IP sale from 
the US to the UK (see tax section), £3.8m deferred tax generated 
upon the acquisition of intangibles upon the Electra acquisition 
(net of subsequent amortisation) and £0.4m in relation to the 
expected increase in future UK tax rates from 19% to 25%. 

Non-current contingent consideration has increased by £3.3m 
to £3.6m and current contingent consideration has increased by 
£3.0m to £3.9m. Within non-current contingent consideration 
during the year, £3.6m was generated on the acquisition of 
Electra, with the second contingent consideration payment of 
£0.4m in relation to the Inforalgo acquisition moving from non-
current to current contingent consideration since the prior year. 
Within current contingent consideration during the year £3.6m 
was generated on the acquisition of Electra, the first contingent 
consideration payment of £0.9m was paid upon targets being 
met on the first anniversary of the Inforalgo acquisition and the 
aforementioned £0.4m in relation to the Inforalgo acquisition 
moved from non-current to current contingent consideration 
since the prior year.

Trade payables increased from £0.9m to £1.1m, which is largely 
aligned with the increased size of the combined business 
subsequent to the Electra acquisition. Other payables have 
increased from £3.3m to £6.7m as a result of various other 
payables related to the Electra acquisition, other payables in 
relation to regular Electra business activity (e.g. sales tax) and an 
increase in the bonus provision to all employees and executives 
reflecting the performance against annual targets. Contract 
liabilities have increased from £11.0m to £12.0m, the increase is 
as a result of the proportioned increase in revenues from the 
Electra acquisition and associated billing cycles; offset by to the 
unwinding of an initial three-year prepayment of £3.0m from 
a £1.0m per annum subscription licence that became non-
contingent in March 2019. 

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 7 March 2022.

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
7 March 2022 

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
7 March 2022

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

35

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Corporate
governance

Contents
37  Chairman’s introduction  

to governance

38  Board of Directors

40  Statement of corporate governance

43  Audit committee report

46  Nomination committee report

47  Annual statement from the chair  
of the remuneration committee

48  Remuneration report

56  Directors’ report

59  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities

36 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

Chairman’s introduction to governance

The Board acknowledges its role in 
leading and overseeing the Group’s 
environmental, social and governance 
(“ESG”) strategy. To this end, the Board 
commissioned a review of the Group’s 
ESG credentials in 2021 and has 
formulated a high-level ESG strategy 
(see page 24), which will be refined and 
implemented over the coming months 
and years.”

The Board is committed to upholding high standards of 
corporate governance throughout the Group. As part of that, the 
Board acknowledges its role in setting the culture, values and 
ethics of the Group, and its collective responsibility in developing 
a healthy corporate culture and delivering long-term success to 
the Group. 

Specifically, the Board acknowledges its role in leading and 
overseeing the Group’s environmental, social and governance 
(“ESG”) strategy. To this end, the Board commissioned a review 
of the Group’s ESG credentials in 2021 and has formulated 
a high-level ESG strategy (see page 24), which will be refined 
and implemented over the coming months and years. 

The Board’s aim is to operate as effectively as possible, in line 
with the governing principles of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. A description of the Group’s application of the principles 
set out therein for 2021 is set out in the Statement of Corporate 
Governance, and I am pleased to report that the Company 
has complied with all relevant provisions of the Code in 2021. 
A Board effectiveness evaluation was carried out in the year with 
constructive input from all directors and productive outcomes. 

Board discussions are conducted openly and transparently, 
which creates an environment for sustainable and robust 
debate. In the year, the Board has constructively and proactively 
challenged management on Group strategies, proposals, 
operating performance and key decisions, as part of its ongoing 
work to assess and safeguard the position and prospects of 
the Group. 

Key risks and uncertainties affecting the business are regularly 
assessed and updated. The Board has completed a full, specific 
review of the Group’s key risks and uncertainties (see page 28), in 
light of the new and emerging risks or uncertainties arising from 
the Group’s strategic growth plans and the economic, political 
and market conditions. The Board challenges management to 
ensure appropriate risk mitigation measures are in place and is 
planning to formalise certain aspects of risk management and 
reporting in 2022. 

The Board continues to engage with shareholders and welcomes 
ongoing dialogue throughout the year, although the formal 
shareholder events such as the Annual General Meeting have 
been severely restricted due to COVID-19. We will continue 
to engage with shareholders as effectively as possible, taking 
account of any necessary COVID-19 precautions. 

Peter Simmonds
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
7 March 2022

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

37

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEBoard of Directors

Peter Simmonds
NO N-E XECUT IVE   CHAIRMAN 

Ian Manocha
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE   OFFICER

Tom Mullan
CHIEF  FINANCIAL  OFFICER

Appointed
Ian was appointed to the Board 
in June 2015. 

Experience
Ian has extensive experience in 
the business technology sector. 
He joined Gresham from SAS where 
he worked for nearly 20 years, most 
recently as vice president of the 
EMEA and AP business units. Ian has 
worked extensively with many of the 
world’s leading financial institutions 
and has been successful in growing 
companies to significant scale 
through securing and delivering 
high-value enterprise software deals.

Appointed
Tom joined Gresham on 1 March 2018 
and was appointed to the Board on 
13 March 2018. 

Experience
Tom is a Chartered Accountant 
having trained and qualified at 
Ernst & Young. Prior to joining 
Gresham, Tom was most recently 
chief financial officer at Fadata, a 
PE backed software business, and 
before that was divisional finance 
director for Guidewire in EMEA.

Appointed
Peter was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in August 
2020 and became Non-Executive 
Chairman in September 2020. 

Experience
Peter was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in August 
2020 and became Non-Executive 
Chairman in September 2020. Peter 
was previously CEO of dotDigital 
Group plc for eight years until his 
retirement in 2015, he then remained 
on the board as a non-executive 
director until 2018. Peter has been 
non-executive chairman of D4T4 
Solutions plc since 2015 and, until 
January 2022, of Cloudcall plc. Peter 
is FCCA qualified and has more than 
40 years of senior management and 
board-level experience, principally in 
software, banking, insurance, finance 
and outsourcing. Peter is an advocate 
of high standards of corporate 
governance, and has been deputy 
chair of the Quoted Companies 
Alliance since 2019. 

Committee membership

RN

38 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECommittee membership

A  Audit committee
N  Nomination committee
R  Remuneration committee

 Committee chair

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Jenny Knott
NO N-EX EC UTI VE   DIRECTOR

Andy Balchin
SENIOR   INDEPENDENT   
NON-EXECUTIVE   DIRECTOR

Ruth Wandhöfer
NON-EXECUTIVE   DIRECTOR

Appointed
Jenny was appointed to the Board 
in October 2020. 

Experience
Jenny brings unparalleled experience 
from an executive career in financial 
services including CEO of Standard 
Bank Intl, and, prior to that, senior 
roles at Nomura Securities and UBS, 
and was named one of the top 100 
influencers by Financial Technologist 
in 2018. Jenny is a non-executive 
director for Simply Health and the 
British Business Bank, and a trustee 
for Ovarian Cancer Action. As well 
as a being a fellow for Be-The-
Business, Jenny is an adviser to 
many leaders, Fintechs and other 
young businesses. 

Committee membership

NA

R

Appointed
Andy was appointed to the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director in 
May 2017 and became Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
in October 2020. 

Experience
He has over 30 years of financial 
experience in high-growth software 
companies, including Smartstream, 
SeeBeyond, Documentum and 
Clearswift. Until December 2018, 
he was chief financial officer of the 
cyber division of RUAG Holding AG, 
a major Swiss organisation. Andy 
is a Chartered Accountant and has 
experience working in a private 
equity environment, in M&A and IPO 
transactions, as well as in external 
audit during his early career. As well 
as being a Non-Executive Director, 
he also mentors a number of CFOs 
and prospective CFOs.

Committee membership

A

N R

Appointed
Ruth was appointed to the Board 
in October 2020. 

Experience
Ruth is a Global Fintech 50 Influencer 
and is currently chair of the Payment 
Systems Regulator Panel and a 
partner at Gauss Ventures, as well 
as holding non-executive director 
positions at Permanent TSB (Ireland) 
and Digital Identity Net. Her prior 
roles have included spearheading 
regulatory and market strategy for 
treasury and trade solutions at 
Citi, advising the European Banking 
Federation on policy making for 
securities services and payments 
and serving as a NED of the London 
Stock Exchange Group. 

Committee membership

NA

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

39

 
Statement of corporate governance

This statement explains how the Company has applied the main and supporting principles of corporate governance and describes the 
Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, as published in July 2018 by the Financial Reporting 
Council and available at www.frc.org.uk. All references to the Company are in respect of the statutory entity Gresham Technologies plc, 
which is the ultimate parent undertaking of the Gresham Group of companies. 

Constructive use of the AGM
The Board normally uses the AGM to communicate with private 
and institutional investors and welcomes their participation. 
However, due to COVID-19 restrictions, shareholders were 
requested not to attend the 2021 AGM. Subject to COVID-19 
precautions, the Chairman will aim to ensure that all members 
of the Board will be available at the forthcoming AGM, whether 
it is operated as an in-person or electronic meeting. 

Details of resolutions to be proposed at the AGM can be found 
in the Notice of the Meeting. A separate resolution is proposed 
for each substantially separate issue including a separate 
resolution relating to the Annual Financial Report 2021.

Division of responsibilities
Board membership, roles and responsibilities
The Board is currently comprised of the Non-Executive Chairman, 
two Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors, details 
of which are set out on pages 38 to 39. All Non-Executive Directors 
are considered to be independent. 

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are distinct, set out 
in writing and agreed by the Board. The Chairman is responsible 
for the effectiveness of the Board and ensuring communication 
with shareholders, and the Chief Executive is accountable for 
the management of the Group.

Non-Executive Directors constructively challenge and assist in 
the development of strategy. They scrutinise the performance 
of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and 
monitor the reporting of performance. 

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, Mr A Balchin, 
is available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact 
through the normal channels of Chairman or Chief Executive 
has failed to resolve or for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Company Secretary is Mr J Cathie, who was appointed 
to the role on 21 March 2014. Mr J Cathie is not a Director of 
the Company. The appointment and removal of the Company 
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.

Statement by the Directors on compliance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company has complied with the relevant provisions set 
out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”) 
throughout the year. 

Board leadership and company purpose
The Board recognises its role in promoting the long-term 
sustainable success of the Company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to wider society, and in establishing 
the Company’s purpose, values and strategy. In the performance 
of its duties, the Board considers the interests of stakeholders 
and the matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Details of these matters are set out in the Strategic Report. 

The Group has developed a Clareti-led strategy designed to 
drive profitable growth and create long-term shareholder value. 
The Board considers and addresses the opportunities and 
risks to the success of the business through a combination 
of monthly reports from management, operational, strategic 
and risk reviews, and key performance indicators. The Group’s 
established business model and governance structures ensure 
that allocation of resources and investment decisions directly 
support the strategic objectives. 

The Board is committed to maintaining a healthy corporate 
culture and recognises the importance of investing in and 
rewarding its workforce. As part of this, the Group has 
established clear values, has systems in place to promote 
wellbeing at work, seeks to create an environment where 
individuals are fulfilled, and operates a share incentive plan 
that ensures our people share in the success of the Group. 

Dialogue with institutional shareholders
The Board as a whole is responsible for ensuring that a dialogue 
is maintained with shareholders based on the mutual 
understanding of objectives.

Members of the Board meet with major shareholders on a 
regular basis, including presentations after the Company’s 
announcement of the year-end results and at the half year. 

The Board is kept informed of the views of shareholders at Board 
meetings following investor meetings through a report from the 
Chief Executive, together with formal feedback on shareholders’ 
views gathered and supplied by the Company’s advisers. The 
views of private and smaller shareholders, typically arising from 
the AGM or from direct contact with the Company, are also 
communicated to the Board on a regular basis.

Mr A Balchin, the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, 
and Mr P Simmonds, the Non-Executive Chairman, are available 
to shareholders if they have concerns where contact through 
the normal channel of Chief Executive has failed to resolve or 
for which such contact is inappropriate.

40 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOperation of the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the proper 
management of the Group. 

The Board normally meets once a month and has a formal 
schedule of matters specifically reserved to it. Other matters are 
delegated to the Executive Directors, supported by policies for 
reporting to the Board. 

The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board procedures are followed, and that applicable rules 
and regulations are complied with and for advising the Board, 
through the Chairman, on corporate governance matters. The 
Company maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of 
legal action against the Company’s Directors and the Company 
Secretary, but no cover exists in the event that the Director is 
found to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

The Non-Executive Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors 
are able to meet without Executives present prior to each Board 
meeting. The agenda and relevant briefing papers for each Board 
meeting are distributed by the Company Secretary, usually 
several days in advance of each Board meeting.

Where Directors have concerns which cannot be resolved 
about the running of the Company or a proposed action, these 
concerns are recorded in Board minutes. On resignation, a Non-
Executive Director is required to provide a written statement 
to the Chairman for circulation to the Board if there are any 
such concerns.

The Board has formed certain committees, namely an audit 
committee, a remuneration committee and a nomination 
committee, to deal with the specific aspects of the Group’s 
affairs. Details of the committees’ constituent members and the 
roles, responsibilities and activities of each of the committees 
are described in more detail in the individual committee reports 
commencing on page 43. 

Meetings and attendance
The following table summarises the number of Board, audit committee, remuneration committee and nomination committee 
meetings held during the year and the attendance record of individual Directors at those meetings.

Board

12/12
11/12
12/12
12/12
12/12
12/12

Audit 

Remuneration 

Nomination

—
3/3
3/3
3/3
—
—

5/5
4/5
5/5
—
—
—

1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
—
—

and to listen to and respect the ideas of others Directors 
and management. This review included a Board effectiveness 
survey, with responses collected anonymously by the Company 
Secretary and compared against the results of the previous 
Board effectiveness survey.

The Chairman has formally reviewed the performance of the 
Non-Executive Directors and satisfied himself that they remain 
committed to the role and their performance continues to 
be effective. Mr A Balchin has evaluated the performance of 
the Chairman taking into account the views of other Directors 
and is satisfied that he remains committed to the role and his 
performance continues to be effective. 

Retirement and re‑election
All Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the 
first AGM immediately following their appointment. Thereafter, 
Directors are subject to annual re-election. All Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed for fixed terms in line with corporate 
governance requirements, subject to re-election.

Number of meetings attended

P Simmonds
A Balchin
J Knott
R Wandhöfer
I Manocha
T Mullan

Composition, succession and evaluation
Nomination committee
A report from the chair of the nomination committee is set out 
on page 46. 

Induction and training
New Directors receive a thorough and tailored induction on their 
appointment to the Board covering the activities of the Group 
and its key business and financial risks, the terms of reference 
of the Board and its committees and the latest financial 
information about the Group. 

The Chairman ensures that Directors update their skills, 
knowledge and familiarity with the Group required to fulfil their 
roles on the Board and committees. Ongoing training is provided 
as necessary and includes updates from the Company Secretary 
on relevant legislative or regulatory changes. Directors may 
consult with the Company Secretary at any time on matters 
related to their role on the Board. All Directors have access to 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense 
where they judge it necessary to discharge their duties.

Evaluation of the Board’s performance
The Board has undertaken a formal review encompassing the 
performance of the Board as a whole, its committees and each 
Director. In performing these reviews, criteria that are taken into 
account include the ability of the Director to take the perspective 
of creating shareholder value; to contribute to the development 
of strategy and identification of risks; to provide clarity of 
direction to management; to be a source of wise counsel; to 
bring a broad perspective to discussions and an understanding 
of key issues; to commit the time required to fulfil the role; 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

41

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEStatement of corporate governance continued

Control environment
The Group operates within a control framework developed and 
strengthened over a number of years and communicated as 
appropriate by a series of written procedures. These lay down 
accounting policies and financial control procedures, in addition 
to controls of a more operational nature. The key procedures that 
the Directors have established with a view to providing internal 
control are as follows:

 ▪ the establishment of the organisational structure and the 
delegated responsibilities of operational management;

 ▪ the definition of authorisation limits, including matters 

reserved for the Board;

 ▪ regular site visits by the Executive Directors, with the results 

reported to Board meetings;

 ▪ the establishment of detailed operational plans and financial 

budgets for each financial year;

 ▪ maintenance of a risk register which is reviewed and updated 

at every Board meeting;

 ▪ review of regular, detailed monthly management reporting 
provided for every Board meeting which encompasses 
both a review of operational activities and entries arising 
on consolidation;

 ▪ reporting and monitoring performance against budgets 

and rolling forecasts;

 ▪ the security of physical property and computer information; and

 ▪ detailed due diligence on all acquisitions.

Remuneration
A report from the chair of the remuneration committee is set out 
on page 47.

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit committee
A report from the chair of the audit committee is set out on page 43.

Financial reporting
The Board is responsible for presenting a balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects, extending to interim reports and other price-sensitive 
public reports and reports to regulators as well as to information 
required to be presented by statutory requirements. A statement 
of the Directors’ responsibilities is set out on page 59.

Management and specialists within the Group’s finance 
department are responsible for ensuring the appropriate 
maintenance of financial records and processes that ensure all 
financial information is relevant, reliable, in accordance with the 
applicable laws and regulations, and distributed both internally 
and externally in a timely manner. A review of the consolidation 
and financial statements is completed by management to 
ensure that the financial position and results of the Group are 
appropriately reported. All financial information published by 
the Group is subject to the approval of the audit committee.

Principal risks
A report on the principal risks and uncertainties affecting the 
Company is set out on page 28. 

Going concern
The Directors are required to report that the business is a going 
concern, with supporting assumptions and qualifications as 
necessary. The Directors have concluded that the business is 
a going concern as further explained in the Directors’ Report 
on page 56. 

Viability statement 
The Directors confirm that they have assessed the prospects of 
the Group over a three-year period commencing 1 January 2022 
and that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due for that period. 

The Directors have selected a period of three years as they 
consider this to be a reasonable and appropriate duration on 
which to make the assessment, based on the following two 
factors: firstly, the Group operates rolling financial projections 
which extend for the current financial year and up to two 
subsequent financial years; and, secondly, the Directors’ 
evaluation of the forward-looking order book, with Clareti 
software contracts typically being signed for three-year minimum 
contract terms, balanced against the likely attrition rate of other, 
non-Clareti, revenues. 

In making this statement, the Directors have considered the 
Group’s current position and the potential impact of the principal 
risks and uncertainties described on page 28 on the Group’s 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity, 
taking account of severe but reasonable scenarios and the 
effectiveness of any mitigating actions, and have performed 
stress test analyses based on likely outcomes.

42 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAudit committee report

Audit committee members and attendance

Member

Andy Balchin (committee chair)

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Meetings

3/3

3/3

3/3

Dear shareholder
As chair of the audit committee, I am pleased to present the 
committee’s report for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
The committee’s main role remains unchanged – to monitor 
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, to assess the 
effectiveness of its internal controls and risk management 
processes and to ensure that our external auditor, BDO LLP, 
delivers a high-quality effective audit. The audit committee 
membership consists of me, as chair, Ms J Knott and 
Ms R Wandhöfer as members. 

The Board considers that the committee has recent and relevant 
financial experience, including competence in accounting, 
relevant to the sector in which we operate, as well as operational 
skills. I am satisfied that the committee has appropriately 
discharged its duties in the year in accordance with its terms 
of reference, which are reviewed annually and are available at 
www.greshamtech.com/investors. 

In order for the committee to properly discharge its role, it is 
critical that we have the opportunity to openly discuss with 
management any matter which falls within our remit and 
probe and challenge where necessary. The Chief Executive and 
the Chief Financial Officer attend our meetings by invitation, 
and other senior managers (including the Director of Financial 
Operations and Control) are invited to attend to provide financial, 
technical or business information as necessary. In addition, 
our meetings relevant to audit are attended by the lead audit 
partner from the external auditor and other representatives. 
Their attendance is important as it gives us the opportunity to 
seek their independent and objective views on matters which 
they encounter during their audit. At least once a year, we meet 
separately with the external auditor to discuss matters without 
executive management being present. On a more frequent 
basis, I meet with the Chief Financial Officer and other senior 

management. This ensures any issues or concerns can be raised 
at an early stage and allows sufficient time to be devoted to 
them at subsequent meetings. There is an open and constructive 
communication between the committee, management and 
external auditor.

In the year, the committee specifically considered and 
challenged management on the impact and potential risks 
associated with the financing, acquisition and integration of 
Electra Information Systems, Inc., ensuring a robust approach to 
the related processes, including due diligence, risk management, 
internal controls and financial reporting. This included paying 
significant attention to KPIs and segmental reporting including 
alternative performance measures of the enlarged Group, 
ensuring that reporting was reflective of the continued weighting 
of Group towards that of a subscription software business. 

The committee has continued to pay special attention to 
the potential impact and risks to the Group arising from the 
COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. These matters are discussed in 
the Strategic Report on pages 10 and 28. Whilst Brexit-related 
risks appear to have reduced, the committee intends to continue 
monitoring the risks associated with the COVID-19 situation 
closely at least throughout 2022, as well as the impact of the 
geopolitical and economic instability caused by the deplorable 
actions of the Russian and Belarusian leadership in Ukraine. 

Responsibilities
Our principal role is to assist the Board in performing its 
responsibilities in relation to financial reporting, internal controls 
and risk management and in maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with our external auditor. The work of the committee 
in discharging its responsibilities includes:

 ▪ monitoring the integrity of the reported financial statements 
of the Group, and any formal announcements relating to 
the Group’s financial performance, and reviewing significant 
financial issues and judgements contained in them; 

 ▪ challenging and monitoring the appropriateness, relevance and 
integrity the Group’s alternative performance measures (APMs), 
including their selection, measurement and presentation;

 ▪ reviewing and assessing the process which management has 
put in place to support the Board when giving its assurance 
that the Annual Financial Report 2021, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy;

 ▪ reviewing the Group’s internal financial controls and reviewing 
the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;

 ▪ reviewing the Group’s speak-up (whistle-blowing) arrangements;

 ▪ reviewing the need for a separate internal audit function;

 ▪ making recommendations to the Board, for it to put to 

shareholders for their approval in general meeting, in relation 
to the appointment, reappointment and removal of the 
external auditor and to approve the remuneration and terms 
of engagement of the external auditor;

 ▪ ensuring an appropriate relationship with the external auditor 

to include the reviewing and monitoring of its independence and 
objectivity, and the effectiveness of the audit process, based on 
a sound plan to ensure it delivers a high-quality effective audit;

 ▪ developing and implementing policy on engagement of the 
external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into 
account relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision 
of non-audit services by the external audit firm; and 

 ▪ reporting to the Board, identifying any matters for which it 

considers that action or improvement is needed and making 
recommendations as to the steps to be taken.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 43

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAudit committee report continued

Significant judgements in relation to financial statements 
Set out below are what the committee considers to be the most significant accounting areas which required the exercise of judgement 
or a high degree of estimation during the year, together with details of how these were addressed. These are all considered to be 
recurring issues.

Significant issue and explanation

Work undertaken by the committee in forming an opinion

Capitalised development costs
Development costs are accounted for in accordance with 
IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, and costs that meet the qualifying 
criteria are capitalised and systematically amortised over 
the useful economic life of the intangible asset. Determining 
whether development costs qualify for capitalisation as 
intangible assets requires judgement, including estimates of 
the technical and commercial viability of the asset created 
and its applicable useful economic life. These estimates are 
continually reviewed and updated by management based on 
past experience and reviews of competitor products available 
in the market.

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue and the associated profit are recognised from sale 
of software licences, rendering of services, subscriptions 
and maintenance and solution sales. Whilst in most cases 
performance obligations clearly follow the commercial and 
contractual arrangement agreed with the customer, in some 
cases the revenue streams are combined within an overall 
commercial arrangement. Such bundling requires judgement 
to assess performance obligations associated with each 
revenue stream and further judgement as to when and how 
such performance obligations have been discharged in order to 
recognise the associated revenue. The estimation of the stage of 
completion, along with the unbundling of multi-element solution 
sales, represents a risk of incorrect revenue recognition.

Impairment reviews
The Group is required to perform impairment reviews of 
goodwill annually at the reporting date and, in addition, performs 
impairment reviews of capitalised development costs to identify 
any intangible assets that have a carrying value that is in excess 
of their recoverable value. Determining the recoverability of an 
intangible asset requires judgement in both the methodology 
applied and the key variables within that methodology. Where it 
is determined an intangible asset is impaired, its carrying value 
will be reduced to its recoverable value with the difference 
recorded as an impairment charge in the income statement.

Acquisition accounting and contingent consideration
In determining the fair value of intangible assets arising on 
acquisition, management is required to make judgements 
regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows 
applicable to the businesses being acquired, discounted using 
an appropriate discount rate. Such judgements are based on 
current budgets and forecasts, extrapolated for an appropriate 
period taking into account growth rates and expected changes 
to selling prices and operating costs. Management estimates the 
appropriate discount rate using pre-tax rates that reflect current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the businesses being acquired.

Contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is included 
based on management’s estimates of the most likely outcome. 
Those judgements include the forecasting of a number of 
different outcomes against the performance targets and 
estimating a probability and risk of each outcome before 
arriving at a risk weighted value of contingent consideration.

44 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

The committee has reviewed reports from management identifying 
the development costs capitalised, the technical and commercial 
feasibility of the product being produced and whether further costs 
continue to fulfil the required IAS 38 criteria. The committee’s 
review encompasses direct discussion with executive and 
operational management, in addition to reviewing monthly formal 
reporting to the Board on development and associated sales and 
implementation activity. The treatment of development costs is an 
area of focus for the external auditor, which reported its findings to 
us. We concluded that management’s key assumptions, judgements, 
estimates and disclosures were reasonable and appropriate.

The committee has reviewed management’s descriptions and 
status reports on material new deals and on project work-in-
progress through the year, both through direct discussion and 
formal month-end reporting to the Board. The committee has 
furthermore considered management’s assessments made on 
percentage of completion of material work-in-progress, and other 
judgements such as bundling or unbundling of revenue streams, 
and the resulting impact on revenue and profit recognition. 
Revenue recognition is an area of focus for the external auditor, 
which reported its findings to us. We considered whether the 
accounting treatment for revenue and profit recognition was in 
accordance with agreed methodology, the Group’s accounting 
policies and IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” 
and concurred with management’s opinion that it was.

The committee has considered management’s assessments of 
value in use of cash-generating units of intangible assets (principally 
goodwill and capitalised development costs) at the reporting date. 
This included specifically considering and subsequently approving 
business plans prepared by management supporting the future 
performance expectations used in the calculation of the value in 
use. Impairment reviews were also an area of focus for the external 
auditor, which reported its findings to us. We considered whether 
the accounting treatment performing impairment reviews was 
in accordance with agreed methodology, the Group’s accounting 
policies and IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”. We concluded that 
management’s key assumptions were reasonable.

The committee has considered management’s assessments of the 
fair value of the consideration and values attributed to the assets 
and liabilities acquired on acquisition as at the reporting date. 
This included specifically considering and subsequently reviewing 
and approving the sale and purchase agreement, assessing the 
estimate of contingent consideration against business plans 
prepared by management supporting the future performance 
expectations. Acquisition accounting, contingent consideration 
and fair value reviews were also an area of focus for the external 
auditor, which reported its findings to us. The committee has 
concluded that the fair values attributed to both the acquisition 
and contingent consideration are in line with IFRS 3.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEExternal auditor
The committee reviews and makes recommendations with 
regard to the appointment of the external auditor. In making 
these recommendations, the committee considers auditor 
effectiveness and independence, partner rotation and any other 
factors which may impact the external auditor’s appointment.

As reported last year, BDO LLP was reappointed as the 
Company’s auditor in 2020, notwithstanding its previous ten-year 
tenure, and remains the Company’s auditor for the current year. 
Refer to last year’s report and the Independent Auditor’s Report 
on page 60 for further information. 

In considering the effectiveness of the external auditor, the 
committee discussed and approved the scope of and the fees 
for the external audit plan and reviewed the external auditor’s 
approach to the external audit, its assessment of the significant 
risks in the Group’s financial statements and materiality levels, 
and its associated work. In addition, the committee considered 
the commercial experience and expertise of the auditor, 
particularly in the Group’s industry sector; the fulfilment of 
the agreed audit plan and any variations from this plan; and 
the robustness of the external auditor in its handling of key 
accounting and audit judgements.

In relation to independence, the committee reviews and 
controls the manner in which non-audit services are awarded 
to the external auditor on at least an annual basis. All significant 
non-audit work, and any work of a non-compliance consultancy 
nature, commissioned from the external auditor requires audit 
committee approval. In the year, there were no non-audit fees 
paid to the external auditor1 (2020: nil). 

The committee is satisfied with the effectiveness and 
independence of the external auditor. 

Andy Balchin
CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
7 March 2022

Risk management and internal 
control systems
The Board is responsible for maintaining a sound risk 
management and internal control system to safeguard 
shareholders’ investment and the Company’s assets. The 
Directors acknowledge their ultimate responsibility for ensuring 
that the Group has in place systems of controls, financial and 
otherwise, and for managing risk, that are appropriate to the 
business environment in which it operates and the risks to which 
it is exposed and for monitoring those systems.

The Board and committee have reviewed the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and internal control systems during the 
year. This review covered all material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls, and took into account the 
risks and potential impact arising from COVID-19 and Brexit. 

The Group’s risk management and internal control systems are 
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure of 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. 
The Board continues to discuss with management further 
enhancements in financial and other controls commensurate 
with the growth of the Group. In addition, steps are continuing to 
be taken to further embed internal control and risk management 
processes into the operations of the business and to deal with 
areas of improvement which come to management’s and the 
Board’s attention.

An embedded ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the principal risks faced by the Group has been 
in place throughout the year and is regularly reviewed by 
the Board. It remains in place up to the date of the approval 
of the financial statements.

Speak‑up (whistle‑blowing) arrangements
The committee has reviewed arrangements by which staff of 
the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in matters of financial reporting or any other 
matters of concern and concluded that they remain appropriate.

Internal audit function
During the year, the committee considered the need for a 
separate internal audit function and its impact on the external 
audit and concluded that, based on the size of the Group, a 
separate internal audit function is not necessary at this stage 
of the Group’s maturity. The need for an internal audit function 
is reviewed at least annually.

(1) This excludes fees for the historical financial audit 

carried out by BDO LLP in connection with the acquisition 
of Electra Information Systems Inc, which are exempt.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 45

CORPORATE GOVERNANCENomination committee report

Nomination committee members 
and attendance

Member

Peter Simmonds (committee chair)

Andy Balchin

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Meetings

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the nomination committee 
for the year ended 31 December 2021. 

As Chairman of the Board, I also chair the nomination 
committee. All of the other Non-Executive Directors are also 
members of the committee. Following the Board transitions 
in 2020, there were no changes to the Board and this gave the 
committee the opportunity to focus on other priorities such as 
succession planning and diversity and inclusion. 

Regarding succession planning, the nomination committee 
keeps under review, and takes appropriate action to ensure, 
orderly succession for appointments to the Board and to senior 
management, so as to maintain an appropriate balance of skills 
and experience within the Group and on the Board. As regards 
Non-Executive Directors, the committee considers, amongst 
other factors, their other significant outside commitments prior 
to making recommendations, which is designed to ensure that 
they have sufficient time to meet what is expected of them. 
The committee keeps any changes to these commitments 
under review. The committee has not approved any external 
appointment where such appointment is considered to 
be significant. 

The Board’s policy is to ensure that all appointments are merit-
based and based on objective criteria, giving all due regard to 
equality of opportunity, and to promote inclusion and diversity. 
The Board notes that achieving diversity in the technology sector 
is challenging, having regard to the available pool of individuals 
with the right skills, experience and talent. Given the relatively 
small size of the Board and the Group, the committee does 
not currently set any measurable objectives for implementing 
a diversity policy but it acknowledges the role of the Board in 
promoting diversity, including gender diversity, throughout the 
Group. Currently there are two female members of the Board, 
representing 33% of Board membership. See page 26 for gender 
balance data across the Group. 

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
all Directors are subject to election or annual re-election (as 
the case may be). Having considered the contribution of each 
Director in the relatively short time that we have operated 
together as a Board, it is apparent to me that each Director 
brings individual and specific expertise to the Board and makes 
a valuable contribution to the Company’s long-term success. 
I have no hesitation in recommending them to shareholders.

I am satisfied that the committee has appropriately discharged 
its duties in the year in accordance with its terms of reference. 
Terms of reference are reviewed annually and are available at 
www.greshamtech.com/investors.

Peter Simmonds
CHAIR OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE
7 March 2022

46 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAnnual statement from the chair of the remuneration committee

 ▪ assessed that Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer 

basic pay should increase by 1.25% for the year commencing 
1 April 2021; 

 ▪ determined the performance measures and targets for variable 
pay awards under the Annual Bonus Scheme in respect of 2021;

 ▪ determined the performance measures and targets for 

calculation of matching awards under the LTIP in respect of 
the three financial years 2021 – 2023;

 ▪ assessed the performance of Executive Directors for 2021 

against the determined targets (which excluded the acquisition 
of Electra) under the Annual Bonus Scheme. Details of 
performance-related pay awards in respect of 2021 and how 
they were calculated are set out in the following pages; and

 ▪ reviewed and approved the grant of inaugural awards under 

the ten-year Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) which we 
introduced in December 2020 to replace the expiring 2010 
discretionary Share Option Plan 2010. Awards made in 2021 
under the PSP, and how they were calculated, are set out in 
the following pages. 

As regards salary reviews in 2022, the extraordinary 
circumstances in today’s inflationary market mean that we 
have adjusted our approach to optimise retention and fairness 
across roles and geographies. Previously, the system has seen 
individuals receive a percentage of salary increase with the 
reward weighted by their individual performance rating. However, 
in 2022, employees will receive a cost-of-living rise as a fixed 
amount, plus a performance-related increment as a percentage 
of salary. This ensures that junior and lower earning members 
of the Group receive proportionately greater rises than our top 
earners. Applying this approach, the committee has assessed 
that Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer basic pay should 
increase by 0.7% and 1.2% respectively, effective 1 April 2022. The 
average rise across the global population is expected to be 5%.

In addition, the committee has determined performance 
measures and targets for variable pay awards under the Annual 
Bonus Scheme for 2022 and under the LTIP in respect of the 
three financial years 2022 – 2024, details of which will be set 
out in future reports as appropriate. 

We remain committed to ensuring that executive reward 
incentivises positive outcomes for shareholders by reflecting 
strong linkage with strategy and a fair, open and collaborative 
corporate culture.

I am satisfied that the committee has appropriately discharged 
its duties in the year in accordance with its terms of reference. 
Terms of reference are reviewed annually and are available at 
www.greshamtech.com/investors.  

I encourage you to read the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on the following pages.

Jenny Knott
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
7 March 2022

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 47

Remuneration committee members 
and attendance

Member

Jenny Knott (committee chair)

Andy Balchin

Peter Simmonds

Meetings

5/5

4/5

5/5

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2021.

The remuneration committee has met several times during the 
financial year to formally oversee the compensation matters 
for the Company. The committee consists of me, as chair, and 
Mr P Simmonds and Mr A Balchin as members. All of these 
meetings were attended, at the committee’s invitation, by the 
Executive Directors, except that they were not present in any 
discussions affecting their own remuneration.

For 2021, the committee has continued to operate a remuneration 
structure made up of basic salary, performance-related bonuses, 
share options, benefits and pensions. As in previous years, 
a significant proportion of executive remuneration is based 
on performance, designed to align executive pay with 
shareholder interests. 

The committee took the following key decisions in relation 
to the year reported: 

 ▪ implemented a one-off “acquisition success” bonus in relation 

to the acquisition of Electra. The committee recommended that 
this be awarded in stages; the first award made is to reflect 
the long lead-time of significant effort invested over many 
years to deliver the transaction and to successfully secure 
the strong financial performance of the acquired business 
in the critical first six months of ownership; the second, and 
smaller component, is to carry forward into financial year 2022 
to ensure certain success criteria are achieved relating to the 
retention and integration of clients, staff and technology. Details 
of this “acquisition success” bonus in relation to 2021, and how 
it was calculated, are set out in the following pages; 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration report

This report complies with the requirements of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 as amended in 2019, the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (2018) and the Listing Rules.

The report is in two sections: 

 ▪ the Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved at the general meeting held in December 2020, which sets out the Company’s 

current policy on remuneration for Executive and Non-Executive Directors; and

 ▪ the Directors’ Remuneration Report, which sets out details of how the remuneration policy was implemented for the year ended 
31 December 2021 and how the Company intends for the remuneration policy to apply for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
The Directors’ Remuneration Report will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the forthcoming AGM. 

Directors’ remuneration policy
General principles
The policy for the Directors is based on the following principles, and takes into account prevailing best practice, shareholder 
expectations, and the remuneration of the wider employee population:

 ▪ ensure remuneration arrangements support the Group’s business strategy;

 ▪ align interests of Directors with those of the shareholders;

 ▪ determine remuneration by reference to individual performance, experience and prevailing market conditions, with a view 

to providing a package appropriate to the responsibilities involved;

 ▪ encourage behaviours which will enhance the performance of the Group and reward achievement of the Group’s strategic 

and financial goals; and

 ▪ ensure that an appropriate proportion of the overall remuneration package is incentive pay, which is earned for the delivery 

of stretching performance conditions.

Remuneration policy table
The table below sets out the Directors’ remuneration policy as approved by shareholders at the general meeting held on 30 December 2020. 
No changes to the policy are being proposed at the 2022 AGM.

Link to strategy

Operation

Framework

Base salary
Supports the recruitment and 
retention of Executive Directors 
of the calibre required to 
deliver the Group’s strategy.

Base salary is paid monthly 
and reviewed annually, with any 
increases applying from 1 April.

Base salary and reviews are assessed on both Group and 
individual performance and, in the case of new Directors, their 
prior experience and skills. Consideration is also given to pay 
increases for other employees in the Group and to comparable 
pay for similar roles at similar companies. Where appropriate, 
the committee will engage external remuneration consultants 
for benchmarking. 

Pension
Supports the recruitment and 
retention of Executive Directors 
of the calibre required to 
deliver the Group’s strategy.

Benefits
Supports the recruitment and 
retention of Executive Directors 
of the calibre required to 
deliver the Group’s strategy.

Pension contributions are 
made by the Company 
to a defined contribution 
scheme operated by a 
third party provider.

Pension contributions are matched by the Company up to a 
maximum of 5% of base salary, in line with other employees in the 
Group. In exceptional circumstances, such as recruitment of new 
Directors, the committee has discretion to authorise higher Company 
contributions up to a maximum of 10% of base salary in total.

Benefits principally comprise 
private healthcare and death in 
service insurance.

Premiums are paid by the Company to an external broker to 
arrange cover, in line with other Group employees. These benefits 
are standard for all Group employees and are not assessed 
against performance.

48 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCELink to strategy

Operation

Framework

Annual Bonus Scheme
Rewards and incentivises 
the Executive Directors for 
achievement of strategic 
objectives as measured 
by short-term KPIs.

The annual bonus is 
calculated after the end of 
the financial year based on 
predetermined targets. 

The annual bonus consists 
of a mix of cash and shares. 

The cash element of the bonus 
is paid at or around the time 
of release of the final results. 
The shares are deferred for 
two years and then released.

This scheme is operated 
pursuant to the rules of 
the Deferred Share Bonus 
Plan 2017.

The committee determines the relevant performance targets at the 
start of each financial year. The committee also determines the annual 
bonus split between cash and shares, which by default is 50:50.

Targets are set predominantly (at least 75%) in relation to financial 
measures, with the balance based on non-financial objectives. 

The annual bonus for performance significantly ahead of target is up 
to 100% of base salary. On-target performance will result in an annual 
bonus of 50% of base salary. Performance below a threshold set by 
the committee will result in no bonus being paid. 

The committee has final discretion in determining the value of the 
bonus payment (and, where the committee deems it appropriate 
in the circumstances, to adjust the mix between cash and deferred 
shares), based on its assessment of performance against the set 
targets and as a whole. 

Payments and awards are subject to malus and clawback. 

The maximum annual bonus payable in respect of a year is 100% 
of base salary.

Long‑Term Share Incentive Plan
Rewards and incentivises 
the Executive Directors for 
achievement of sustained 
long-term financial growth 
and returns.

Matching shares are earned on 
the deferred shares awarded 
under the Annual Bonus 
Scheme, depending on long-
term financial performance 
against predetermined targets 
over the three years following 
the end of the relevant 
financial year.

This plan is operated pursuant 
to the rules of the Deferred 
Share Bonus Plan 2017.

Performance Share Plan 2020
Directly aligns financial 
incentives with returns to 
shareholders. Financial reward 
is created through the creation 
of shareholder value.

The committee has discretion 
to make nil-cost awards to 
Executive Directors, subject 
to the plan rules, and to 
determine appropriate 
performance conditions. 

Chairman and Non‑Executive Director fees
Supports the recruitment and 
retention of individuals of the 
calibre required to constitute 
an effective Board and 
contribute to the Company’s 
long-term success.

Fees for Non-Executive 
Directors are set by the Board 
(excluding Non-Executive 
Directors). Fees are 
paid monthly. 

The committee determines the threshold, on-target and stretch 
targets on growth and return measures over the three subsequent 
financial years. 

The matching award is a multiple of the deferred shares awarded 
under the Annual Bonus Scheme. The multiple applied is 
determined according to a reference matrix of multiples based on 
actual performance against growth and return measures over that 
three-year period. The matrix of matching rates is determined in 
advance by the committee. 

The committee has final discretion in determining the matching 
rates and the final award based on its assessment of performance 
against the set targets and as a whole after the end of the 
three-year period.

Matching awards are subject to continuous employment and 
to malus and clawback. 

The maximum matching award multiple is 4x the number 
of deferred shares.

The plan is subject to rules approved by shareholders in general 
meeting. Awards will vest following the later of (i) a three-year 
period from the date of grant and (ii) the date on which the 
committee determines that the specified performance conditions 
have been satisfied. No award or any part thereof will vest unless 
the Company’s share price has increased by at least 20% relative 
to the share price at the date of grant. A material proportion of 
an award will be linked to performance conditions directly aligned 
to shareholder value growth.

Awards are subject to continuous employment, post-vesting 
holding and malus and clawback. 

The maximum award for an individual in respect of a year is 100% 
of base salary or up to 200% in exceptional circumstances. 

A basic fee is set for normal duties, commensurate with fees 
paid for similar roles in other similar companies, taking account 
of the time commitment, responsibilities and committee 
position(s). Supplementary fees are paid for any additional 
duties at fixed day rates. Non-Executive Directors are not eligible 
for pensions, incentives, bonus or any similar payments other 
than normal out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of 
the business. Compensation for loss of office is not payable 
to Non-Executive Directors.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 49

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued
Remuneration policy considerations
Selection of performance measures
The performance measures under the Annual Bonus Scheme 
and Long-Term Share Incentive Plan are selected to reflect the 
main KPIs and strategic priorities for the Group. The performance 
measures under the Performance Share Plan are selected to 
directly align awards with shareholder value growth and to reflect 
key drivers of shareholder value growth. The committee’s policy 
is to set performance targets which are both challenging and 
achievable and that the maximum outcomes are only available 
for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions applying to subsisting awards may 
be amended or substituted by the committee if an event 
occurs (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or 
divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market 
conditions) which causes the committee to determine that the 
measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is 
required in order that they achieve their original purpose.

Operation of share plans
The committee has discretion to operate the Company’s share 
plans in accordance with their terms, including the ability to 
settle awards in cash and to adjust the terms of awards in the 
event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any 
demerger, delisting, special dividend or other relevant event.

Policy on Director shareholdings
For the year commencing 1 January 2019 and thereafter, the 
Company expects Directors, when acquiring shares under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme or Long-Term Share Incentive Plan, not to 
dispose of more than 50% of the shares acquired until the day 
on which his or her holding has a market value equal to that of 
his or her basic salary. Shares acquired by Directors pursuant 
to the Performance Share Plan are subject to a two-year post 
vesting holding period during which acquired shares may not 
be disposed of. Any shares that are sold to discharge the option 
holder’s fiscal (including tax) obligations are not treated as having 
been acquired.

Post employment, the Company expects Directors not to 
dispose of more than 50% of any shares held as a result of 
being acquired under the Annual Bonus Scheme, Long-Term 
Share Incentive Plan or Performance Share Plan for a period of 
six months following termination of employment. Any shares 
disposed of during this period shall be done in co-ordination 
with the Company and its brokers in order to ensure an orderly 
market is maintained. 

Malus and clawback
No malus or clawback provisions apply for payments or awards 
made in respect of financial year 2018 or earlier. 

For up to two years following the payment of a bonus under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme, the committee may require repayment of 
some or all of any bonus payment (including by way of reduction 
in the number of deferred shares released) in circumstances 
which the committee considers appropriate, including a material 
misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing performance 
conditions, or misconduct on the part of the participant.

For up to two years after the vesting of an award under the 
Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and Performance Share Plan, 
the committee may cancel an award or require the participant 
to make a payment to the Company in respect of an award in 
the event of gross misconduct, fraud, malpractice, a material 
misstatement of results, a material breach of risk management 
or other circumstances that, in the opinion of the committee, 
have a sufficiently significant impact on the reputation of any 
Group business. 

Legacy arrangements
The committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding that 
they are not in line with the remuneration policy, where the 
terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy came 
into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not 
a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the committee, 
the payment was not in consideration for the individual 
becoming a Director of the Company. For these purposes 
“payments” includes the committee satisfying awards of variable 
remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms 
of the payment are “agreed” at the time the award is granted.

Recruitment
The Company’s nomination committee is responsible for 
leading the process for Board appointments and making 
recommendations to the Board. Refer to the Nomination 
Committee Report for details. 

Loss of office payments
There are no predetermined special provisions for Directors 
with regard to compensation in the event of loss of office. 
The remuneration committee considers the circumstances of 
individual cases of early termination and only in exceptional 
circumstances would the committee recommend compensation 
payments in excess of the Company’s contractual obligations.

Wider staff employment conditions
The remuneration committee considers pay and employment 
conditions of other staff members of the Group when designing 
and setting executive remuneration. Underpinning all pay is an 
intention to be fair to all staff of the Group, taking into account 
the individual’s seniority and local market practices.

Consultation with shareholders
The remuneration committee is committed to an ongoing 
dialogue with shareholders and seeks the views of significant 
shareholders when any major changes are being made to 
remuneration arrangements. The committee takes into account 
the views of significant shareholders when formulating and 
implementing the policy.

Consultation with employees
The Board and the remuneration committee did not consult 
with employees when formulating and implementing the policy.

Service contracts and letters of appointment
It is the Company’s policy to offer Executive Directors service 
contracts terminable with a maximum of twelve months’ rolling 
notice from either side. 

None of the Non-Executive Directors have a service contract. 
Appointments are for three-year terms, which may be renewed 
by mutual agreement, subject always to termination by either 
party at any time on three months’ notice.

50 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration scenarios
The following graphs set out an illustration of Executive Director 
pay for 2022. The potential reward opportunities for 2022 are 
based on the remuneration policy described herein. Projected 
values exclude the impact of share price movement and the 
payment of dividends and actual outcomes may differ from 
those shown. Projected values also exclude any potential 
discretionary awards under the Performance Share Plan 2020. 

Executive proposed 2022 remuneration

Tom Mullan

Minimum

100%

£182,000

On-target

52%

24%

24%

£350,000

Maximum

26%

25%

49%

£692,000

Three different remuneration scenarios for 2022 are provided, 
as follows:

Ian Manocha

Minimum

100%

£293,000

On-target

52%

24% 24%

£569,000

Maximum

26%

25%

49%

£1,127,000

 ▪ Salary, pension 
and benefits

 ▪ Management 

Bonus Scheme

 ▪ Performance 
Share Plan

Total 
remuneration

 ▪ the “minimum” scenario includes base salary, pension and 
benefits (“fixed remuneration”) which are the elements of 
Executive Director pay that are not at risk;

 ▪ the “on-target” scenario includes fixed remuneration, plus an 

on-target bonus of 50% of base salary under the Annual Bonus 
Scheme (50% cash and 50% shares) and an assumption that 
the Executive Directors will be awarded matching shares three 
years later under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan based on 
a 2x multiple of the shares awarded under the Annual Bonus 
Scheme; and

 ▪ the “maximum” scenario includes fixed remuneration, plus 
a maximum bonus of 100% of base salary under the Annual 
Bonus Scheme (50% cash and 50% shares) and an assumption 
that the Executive Directors will be awarded matching shares 
three years later under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan 
based on a 4x multiple of the shares awarded under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme.

Directors’ remuneration report
Role of the remuneration committee
The remuneration committee’s key role is to determine and operate a remuneration policy that supports the Company’s strategy 
and promotes long-term sustainable success and aligns the interests of Directors and Senior Executives with those of shareholders. 

The committee’s primary responsibilities include: 

 ▪ setting remuneration incentives to attract, retain and motive Senior Executives and other key employees of the quality required 
to run the Company successfully and support its strategy and its long-term success, without paying more than is necessary;

 ▪ approving the total individual remuneration package of each Executive Director;

 ▪ reviewing and setting performance targets for incentive plans including annual bonus and long-term share plans; 

 ▪ determining remuneration outcomes in relation to performance-related pay; and

 ▪ reviewing and approving equity awards under the Performance Share Plan.

Details of the committee’s operation, roles and responsibilities are set out in terms of reference, which are available on the 
Company’s website. 

Salary increases in 2021
Mr I Manocha and Mr T Mullan received a base salary increase of 1.25% in 2021. The average increase across Group employees in 2021 
was 2%. There is no link between base salary and the Company’s share price. 

Variable pay in 2021
The variable element of Director pay in 2021 comprises a performance-based bonus under the Annual Bonus Scheme, an equity award 
under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and an equity award under the Performance Share Plan. In addition, Directors holding share 
options under the now-expired Share Option Plan 2010 (see page 54 for details) are included in this section as they are considered to 
constitute variable pay until such time as the options are exercised (subject to vesting). 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

51

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Variable pay in 2021 continued
Performance-based bonus under the Annual Bonus Scheme
The annual bonus awards in respect of 2021 for Executive Directors are set out in the table below. These awards have been initially 
assessed by the committee by reference to predetermined annual performance targets linked to Group objectives and individual 
performance objectives. 

Measure

Clareti ARR
Group revenue
Clareti cash EBITDA
Group adjusted EBITDA
Personal objectives

Bonus Outcome (% of base)

Bonus Payment (£)

Weighting

Attainment
(CEO)

Attainment 
(CFO)

30%
15%
15%
15%
25%

94%
110%
105%
118%
84%

49.6

94%
110%
105%
118%
86%

49.8

135,057

83,173

One-off discretionary bonus relating to the Electra acquisition
In light of the successful and highly strategic acquisition of Electra in the year, the remuneration committee considered that it was 
appropriate to exceptionally award a one-off bonus to Executive Directors and a small number of other senior employees of the 
Company who were instrumental to the success of the acquisition (and the associated fundraise) and financial performance in the 
period from acquisition until year end. In making this determination, the committee recognised the importance of exercising pay 
restraint whilst also providing fair reward for the exceptional progress towards strategic and financial goals delivered by the acquisition. 
Details of the one-off discretionary bonus in 2021 to Executive Directors are set out in the table below. 

Measure

Electra acquisition and fundraise
Electra FY21 financial performance

Total

CEO
£

100,000
30,000

130,000

CFO
£

25,000
28,000

53,000

In 2022, the remuneration committee intends to award an exceptional bonus to Executive Directors and a small number of other 
employees based on and subject to successful achievement of certain key integration deliverables. Details of any such awards in 2022 
to Executive Directors will be disclosed in next year’s report. 

Equity awards under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan
Awards were made under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan in 2021 in respect of performance in financial year 2020, details 
of which are set out on page 53. Awards were granted in accordance with the rules of the plan and the remuneration policy.

Equity awards under the Performance Share Plan
Awards were made under Performance Share Plan in 2021. These were the first awards under this plan, which was adopted by 
shareholders in December 2020. Details of the awards are set out on page 53. Awards were granted in accordance with the rules 
of the plan and the remuneration policy. 

Single figure for total remuneration (audited information)
The following table sets out the single figure for total remuneration for Directors for the financial years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Base 
salary/fees 
£ 

Benefits 
in kind 
£ 

Performance-
related cash 
bonus
£ 

Discretionary
 bonus relating
to acquisition
£

IFRS 2
 share-based
 payment 
charge 
£ 

Performance-
related share
 bonus
£

Pension 
£ 

Total 
2021 
£

271,717 
166,595

1,887
3,103

67,529
41,587

130,000
53,000

13,574
8,317

64,813
51,367

67,528
41,586

617,048
365,555

80,000
45,000
45,000
40,000

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

80,000
45,000
45,000

648,312

4,990

109,116

183,000 (1)

21,891

116,180

109,114 1,192,603

31 December 2021

Executive Directors 
I Manocha 
T Mullan

Non-Executive 
Directors 
P Simmonds
A Balchin 
J Knott
R Wandhöfer 

(1) Paid 100% in cash bonus.

(2) Included within total remuneration are fixed payments of £675,193 and variable payments of £517,410.

52 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE31 December 2020

Executive Directors 
I Manocha 
T Mullan

Non-Executive Directors 
P Simmonds  
(appointed 1 Aug 2020) 
A Balchin 
J Knott  
(appointed 12 Oct 2020) 
R Wandhöfer  
(appointed 12 Oct 2020) 
K Archer  
(resigned 30 Sept 2020) 
I Joss  
(resigned 31 Oct 2020)

Base 
salary/fees 
£ 

Benefits 
in kind 
£ 

Performance-
related
 bonus 
£ 

Discretionary 
bonus relating to 
acquisition
£

IFRS 2
 share-based
 payment 
charge 
£ 

Performance-
related share
 bonus
£

Pension 
£ 

Total 
2020 
£

267,114 
163,850

2,327
2,840

55,899
34,226

33,333
41,102

10,096

8,974

60,000 

33,333

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

617,802

5,167

90,125

—
—

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—

13,350
8,180

25,789
42,506

55,898
34,226

420,377
285,828

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

33,333
41,102

— 

10,096

— 

8,974

— 

60,000

— 

33,333

21,530

68,295

90,124

893,043

(1) Included within total remuneration are fixed payments of £644,499 and variable payments of £248,544.

IFRS 2 share-based payment charges referred to in the table above are accounting charges that are calculated in accordance with 
applicable accounting rules as set out in note 23 of the Group financial statements. These charges do not represent cash payments. 
Benefits in kind include provision of private healthcare and death-in-service insurance.

Interests in options and conditional share awards (audited information)
The Group operated the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and the Performance Share Plan (as shown in the remuneration policy) during 
the year, as well as the Share Option Plan 2010 (which is closed for new awards). The interests of the Directors under those plans 
at the start and end of the year are as set out in the tables below. The interests of the Directors to subscribe for or acquire ordinary 
shares have not changed since the year end. Further details concerning the plans, including vesting conditions, can be found in note 
23 of the Group financial statements.

Long-Term Share Incentive Plan
The following table sets out the outstanding awards to Directors pursuant to the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan. Vesting is subject to 
performance and retention conditions in accordance with the rules of the plan. No awards are made to Non-Executive Directors. 

Awards at 
1 January 2021 

Granted 

Cancelled 

Exercised 

Awards at 
31 December
 2021 

Date of 
grant 

Exercise 
price 

Date first
 exercisable 

Expiry date 

Executive Directors 
I Manocha(1) (2)
I Manocha(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)

104,008 

—
— 137,937
—
84,456

67,532
—

171,540 

222,393

— 
—
—
—

— 

— 
104,008
— 137,937
—
67,532
—
84,456

— 393,933

20.03.20
31.03.21
20.03.20
31.03.21

nil
nil
nil
nil

20.03.23
31.03.24
20.03.23
31.03.24

20.03.30
31.03.31
20.03.30
31.03.31

(1) Options over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising from the exercise of the options.

(2) Yet to vest.

Performance Share Plan 2020 
The following table sets out the number of outstanding awards granted to Directors pursuant to the Performance Share Plan 
2020. Vesting is subject to performance conditions in accordance with the rules of the plan. There are no outstanding awards to 
Non-Executive Directors.

Awards at 
1 January 2021 

Granted 

Cancelled 

Exercised 

Awards at 
31 December
 2021 

Date of 
grant 

Exercise 
price 

Date first
 exercisable 

Expiry date 

Executive Directors 
I Manocha(1) (2) (3)
T Mullan(1) (3)

— 
—

— 

203,000
75,000

278,000

— 
—

— 

— 
—

203,000
75,000

21.10.21
21.10.21

nil
nil

21.10.24
21.10.24

21.10.31
21.10.31

— 278,000

(1) Awards over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising upon vesting.

(2) The share award includes a base award of 135,000 shares and an additional potential award of up to 68,000 shares in the event of exceptional performance.

(3) Yet to vest.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

53

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
Remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Interests in options and conditional share awards (audited information) continued
Share Option Plan 2010
The following table sets out the number of outstanding options granted to Directors pursuant to the Share Option Plan 2010. 
Vesting is subject to performance conditions in accordance with the rules of the plan. There are no outstanding awards to 
Non-Executive Directors.

Executive Directors 
I Manocha(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (3)

Options at 
1 January 2021 

1,500,000 
200,000
100,000

1,800,000 

Granted 

Cancelled 

Exercised 

Options at 
31 December
 2021 

Date of 
grant 

Exercise
price 

Date first
 exercisable 

Expiry date 

— 
—
—

—

— 
—
—

— 

—  1,500,000 
— 200,000
— 100,000

01.06.15
14.03.18
28.03.19

111p 
227p
97p

01.06.18
14.03.21
28.03.22

01.06.25
14.03.28
28.03.29

— 1,800,000

(1) Options over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising from the exercise of the options.

(2) Vested.

(3) Yet to vest.

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: £nil).

Percentage change in CEO remuneration
The table below sets out the increase in the total remuneration of the CEO and our staff (excluding promotions where relevant) in 
2021. The comparative is all staff (around 150 people) because this group is considered to be the most relevant, due to the structure of 
total remuneration.

CEO (I Manocha)
All staff

Change in base
 salary (effective
 April 2021)

1.25%
2%

2021 bonus
payment (% of 
base salary)

97.5%
10%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The chart below shows the total Directors’ remuneration compared to total employee pay cost and profit before tax (for continuing 
operations and before exceptional items but including distributions) for the five years ended 31 December 2021. There were no share 
buy backs in the year. 

Total employee pay compared to profit before tax (£’000)

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

-5,000

,

1
0
4
3
3

3
,
1
4
7

1
1
,
9
5
3

1
3
,
1
0
4

,

1
3
4
9
9

8
2
3

(
1
,
2
2
7
)

7
1
8

3
6
6

7
6
5

7
0
8

8
9
3

,

1
7
9
2
0

1
,
9
2
2

1
,
1
9
3

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

 ▪ Employee pay
 ▪ Directors’ remuneration

 ▪ Profit/(loss) before tax (excluding exceptionals)

54 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
 
Comparison of Company performance
The graph below shows the Company’s performance, as measured by total shareholder return, for each of the last six financial years in terms of 
the change in value (with dividends reinvested) of an initial investment of £100 on 31 December 2010 in a holding of the Company’s shares 
against the corresponding total shareholder return in a hypothetical holding of shares in the FTSE TechMark All-Share Index. The FTSE 
TechMark All-Share Index was selected as it represents a broad equity market index in which the Company is a constituent member.

Total shareholder return including dividend reinvestment (£)

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Gresham Technologies plc

 ▪ FTSE TechMark All-Share Index

This graph shows the value, by the end of 2021, of £100 invested in Gresham Technologies plc on 31 December 2010 compared with 
the value of £100 invested in the FTSE TechMark All-Share Index. The other points are values at intervening financial year ends.

Change in CEO pay
The graph below shows the single total figure of remuneration for 
the role of CEO for the current and previous seven years. 

Total CEO pay (£’000)

Service contracts
Mr I Manocha has a service agreement dated 15 February 2015, 
which is terminable by twelve months’ rolling notice from either 
side. Mr T Mullan’s service agreement is dated 5 February 2018 
and is terminable by six months’ rolling notice from either side. 

Each of the Non-Executive Directors has a letter of appointment. 
Appointments are for three-year terms, which may be renewed 
by mutual agreement, subject always to termination by either 
party at any time on three months’ notice.

All Director service contracts and letters of appointment are 
available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s 
registered office, Aldermary House, 10–15 Queen Street, 
London EC4N 1TX.

Remuneration resolutions at the last AGM
At the last AGM, held on 10 May 2021, the following resolution 
was moved:

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

 Total
 Fixed pay

 Total CEO Pay (£) exc SBP & Loss of office
 Variable pay

Resolution

Remuneration 
Report

For(1)

Against

Withheld

95.26%

4.74%

0.00%

The graph above is derived from the data in the following table:

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

1,983 

I Manocha
Base salary 250,000  254,000 259,840 261,245 267,114 271,717
Benefits 
in kind
Bonus
Pension
IFRS 2 
share-based 
payment 
charges

1,887
— 59,806 111,797 265,057
13,574

1,491
—  20,400
12,500  12,765

75,441  220,233

33,056 13,350

— 25,789

12,980

73,744

64,813

2,223

2,882

2,327

Total

339,924  508,889 349,446 356,330 420,377 617,048

(1) Includes votes giving the Chairman discretion.

External advisers
The committee seeks professional advice where it considers it 
appropriate to do so. In the year, the Group continued to engage 
Grant Thornton on the implementation of the new Performance 
Share Plan 2020 with total fees paid in the year of £7,000 (2020: 
£24,000). 

Jenny Knott
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
7 March 2022

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

55

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors’ report
Registered number 01072032

The Directors present their report and the Group financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2021.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position, are 
set out within the Strategic Report. Disclosures in respect of 
principal risks and uncertainties, people (including employees 
and disabled employees), global greenhouse gas emissions and 
product development (incorporating research and development 
activities) are included within the Strategic Report under 
section 414(c) of the Companies Act 2006. In addition, note 21 
to the financial statements includes: the Group’s objectives; 
policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; details of its financial instruments and, 
if any, hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and 
liquidity risk. The Statement of Corporate Governance beginning 
on page 40 forms part of the Directors’ Report.

Directors and officers
The Directors who served on the Board during the year are set 
out on pages 38 to 39. Mr J Cathie served as Company Secretary 
throughout the year. 

Results and dividends
The Group’s loss for the year, after taxation, attributable to equity 
shareholders amounted to £1,012,000 (2020: profit £1,261,000). 
A final dividend of 0.75 pence per ordinary share (2020: 0.75 pence) 
has been recommended by the Directors. There has been no 
interim dividend (2020: £nil). 

If approved by the passing of a resolution at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting, it is intended to pay the final dividend 
on 19 May 2022 to all shareholders on the register at close 
of business on 22 April 2022. The ex-dividend date will be 
21 April 2022. 

The profit for the year has been transferred to reserves.

Going concern and viability statement
The Group has sufficient financial resources together with good 
relationships with a number of customers and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. The Group has access 
to a strong underlying cash flow arising from long-established 
maintenance businesses with long-standing blue-chip 
customers and strong growth prospects being realised with 
its flagship solution, CTC, and its other Clareti solutions.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2021.

Refer to page 42 for the viability statement required pursuant 
to Provision C2.2 of the Code.

Post balance sheet events
Events after the reporting date are set out in note 28 to the 
financial statements. 

Significant relationships
In 2021, the Group had one customer relationship considered 
to be individually significant to the Group. This relates to APAC 
operations and generates a mix of revenues from Clareti 
Solutions and Other Solutions, including strategic non-recurring 
revenues. Revenues from this customer relationship individually 
exceeded 10% of the Group’s revenue in 2021. In the opinion of 
the Directors, the Group does not have any other individually 
significant relationships. 

56 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

Fostering relationships with stakeholders
Refer to page 22 for details of the Company’s engagement 
with stakeholders. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors at 31 December 2021 and their connected persons’ 
interests in the share capital of the Company (all beneficially 
held, other than with respect to options to acquire ordinary 
shares which are detailed in the analysis of options included 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report) are as follows:

P Simmonds
A Balchin
J Knott
R Wandhöfer
I Manocha
T Mullan

Ordinary shares of 5 pence each

31 Dec 2021

1 Jan 2021

92,500
17,608
31,250
19,653
113,034
34,063

30,000
8,233
—
13,403
88,685
19,826

There have been no further changes in the Directors’ interests 
disclosed above from 31 December 2021 to 4 March 2022. 

Directors’ liabilities
The Company has granted an indemnity to one or more of its 
Directors against liability in respect of proceedings brought 
by third parties, subject to the conditions set out in section 
234 of the Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third party 
indemnity provision remains in force as at the date of approving 
the Directors’ Report. Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
with an indemnity limit of £10m has been purchased in order to 
minimise the potential impact of proceedings against Directors.

Major interests in shares
The Company has been notified, either directly or in response 
to a section 793 request made on its behalf, of the following 
interests representing 3% or more of the issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company as at 25 February 2022:

Kestrel Investment Partners
Tellworth Investments
Canaccord Genuity Wealth 
Management
Schroder Investment Management
JO Hambro Capital Management
Amati Global Investors
Herald Investment Management
Mrs M A Green
Jupiter Asset Management
EFG Harris Allday

Ordinary shares 
of 5 pence each

Percentage
held (%)

16,084,580
8,305,526

19.29
9.96

7,528,288
7,098,000
5,593,250
4,512,500
3,471,274
3,073,290 
3,036,000
2,578,005

9.03
8.51
6.71
5.41
4.16
3.69
3.64
3.09

Political donations
No donations were made in 2021 or 2020.

Social and community
No social or community review has been performed for 
2021 or 2020.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThere are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the 
Company other than certain restrictions that may from time to 
time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example, insider 
trading laws and market requirements relating to close periods).

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by 
a special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders. 
Directors are reappointed by ordinary resolution at a general 
meeting of the shareholders. The Board may appoint a Director 
but anyone so appointed must be elected by an ordinary 
resolution at the next Annual General Meeting. Any Director 
who has held office for more than three years since their 
last appointment by shareholders at a general meeting must 
offer themselves up for re-election at the following Annual 
General Meeting.

Significant interests
Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company are 
shown in the table on page 56. Major interests (being those 
greater than 3%) of which the Company has been notified 
are shown on page 56.

Change of control
In the event of a change of control of the Company, employee 
share options granted under the Share Option Scheme 2010, 
the Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017 and the Performance Share 
Plan 2020 will either accelerate vesting, will be rolled over to 
the acquiring company’s shares or will lapse, depending on the 
circumstances of the change. Further details are provided in 
note 23 to the Group financial statements.

There are no agreements between the Group and its Directors 
or employees providing for compensation for loss of office 
or employment (whether through resignation, purported 
redundancy or otherwise) because of a takeover bid.

Power of Directors to issue or buy 
back shares
The Directors’ existing authorities to allot and grant rights over 
the unissued share capital, to allot and grant rights over the 
unissued share capital for cash without first making a pro rata 
offer to all existing shareholders and to make market purchases 
of shares in the issued share capital of the Company are due 
to expire at the upcoming AGM. Resolutions will be put to 
shareholders at the upcoming AGM of the Company to renew 
previous authorities granted.

Special business at the Annual 
General Meeting
The special business to be conducted at the AGM includes:

 ▪ the Directors’ authority to allot shares and the partial 

disapplication of pre-emption rights. Resolutions will be 
proposed to renew the authorities given to the Directors 
to allot and grant rights over the unissued share capital up 
to a maximum nominal amount of £1,389,407 representing 
one-third of the issued ordinary share capital as at 4 March 
2022 and to allot and grant rights over shares for cash up to a 
maximum nominal amount of £208,411, representing 5% of the 
issued ordinary share capital as at 4 March 2022, without first 
making a pro rata offer to all existing shareholders;

 ▪ the renewal of the authority of the Company to make market 

purchases of its own ordinary shares. The Company’s authority 
will be limited to 8,336,446 ordinary shares which represents 
10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as 
at 4 March 2022; and

 ▪ the authority to call meetings (other than Annual General 

Meetings) on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

In the opinion of the Directors, the passing of these resolutions 
is in the best interests of the shareholders.

Additional information for shareholders
At 31 December 2021, the Company’s issued share capital comprised:

Number

Nominal
value
£

% of total
share capital

Ordinary shares 
of 5 pence each

83,364,458

4,168,223

100%

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities and for voting rights.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, certain share options 
granted under the Share Option Scheme 2010 were exercised 
and as a result the Company issued 83,000 ordinary shares 
(2020: 1,900,000), such shares ranking pari passu with ordinary 
shares then in issue. 

In June 2021, the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares 
at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares 
in issue) in connection with the acquisition of Electra.

See note 22 of the Group financial statements for further details.

Ordinary shares
On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and 
entitled to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share held; 
on a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company, every 
holder of ordinary shares present in person and entitled to vote 
shall have one vote. The notice of the general meeting specifies 
deadlines for exercising voting rights either by proxy notice or 
present in person or by proxy in relation to resolutions to be 
passed at general meeting. All proxy votes are counted and the 
numbers for, against or withheld in relation to each resolution are 
announced at the Annual General Meeting and published on the 
Group’s website after the meeting.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

57

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors’ report continued
Registered number 01072032

Information to be included in the Annual Financial Report 2021
As part of our requirements under the FCA Listing Rules (“LR”), the information required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4 R can be found 
in the following locations in this Annual Financial Report 2021:

LR 9.8.4 R

Topic

(1)
(2)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)

Interest capitalised
Publication of unaudited financial information
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Waiver of emoluments by a director
Waiver of future emoluments by a director
Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash
Item (7) in relation to major subsidiary undertakings
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary
Contracts of significance
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder
Shareholder waivers of dividends
Shareholder waivers of future dividends
Agreements with controlling shareholders

Location

Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Page 99
Not applicable
Not applicable
Page 56
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable

All the information cross-referenced above is hereby incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

Auditor
A resolution to reappoint BDO LLP as the Group’s auditor will be put to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 38 to 39. 
Having made enquiries of fellow Directors and of the Group’s auditor, each of these Directors confirms that:

 ▪ to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information (that is, information needed by the Group’s auditor 

in connection with preparing its report) of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; and

 ▪ each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit 

information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Jonathan Cathie
COMPANY SECRETARY
7 March 2022

58 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Financial 
Report 2021 in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors 
are required to prepare the Group financial statements 
in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and in accordance with international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 
as it applies in the European Union and have elected to prepare 
the Company financial statements in accordance with Financial 
Reporting Standard 100 “Application of Financial Reporting 
Requirements” and Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework” and applicable law. Under company law, 
the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:

 ▪ select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Financial 
Report 2021 is made available on a website. Financial statements 
are published on the Company’s website in accordance with 
legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of 
the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The 
Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of 
the financial statements contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR 4
The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs adopted by the European Union and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss of 
the Group; and

 ▪ the Annual Financial Report 2021 includes a fair review of 

the development and performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Group and the Parent Company, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

 ▪ make judgements and accounting estimates that 

On behalf of the Board

Ian Manocha
CHIEF EXECUTIVE
7 March 2022

are reasonable and prudent;

 ▪ state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and

 ▪ prepare a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report and Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which comply with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) Regulation. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the Annual 
Financial Report 2021, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

59

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Gresham Technologies plc

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our 
evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

 ▪ assessed the Directors’ method including the relevance and 
reliability of underlying data used to make the assessment, 
and whether assumptions and changes to assumptions from 
prior years are appropriate and consistent with each other. Our 
work included stress testing the revenue growth assumptions 
downwards within the Groups forecasts, and concluded that 
such assumptions were remote; 

 ▪ reviewing the Directors’ plans for future actions in relation to the 
going concern assessment including whether such plans are 
feasible in the circumstances;

 ▪ assessing the appropriateness of the Directors’ stress-testing of 
the forecasts to the extent of reasonable worst-case scenarios 
comparing to our own sensitivity analysis performed also 
considering the likelihood of these scenarios occurring; and

 ▪ reviewing the adequacy and appropriateness of disclosures in the 
financial statements relative to the going concern assessment.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group 
and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial 
statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to 
add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in 
the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect 
to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Overview

Direct coverage 
by the Group 
engagement 
team

Key audit 
matters

100% (2020: 100%) of Group revenue

84% (2020: 84%) of Group total assets

2021

2020

Development Costs
Goodwill and intangible asset 
impairment risk
Revenue recognition
Acquisition of Electra 
Information Systems Inc
Acquisition of Inforalgo 
Information Technology Limited*
* The Acquisition of Inforalgo Information Technology 

Limited was a once off event occurring in the prior year 
and therefore no longer a key audit matter.

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£277,000 (2020: £180,000) based on 0.75%  
(2020: 0.75%) of revenue.

Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:

 ▪ the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;

 ▪ the Parent Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

 ▪ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Gresham Technologies 
Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 
year ended 31 December 2021 which comprise the Consolidated 
Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated 
Statement of Cashflow, notes to the Consolidated financial statements, 
the Company Balance Sheet, the Company Statement of Changes 
in Equity and the notes to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group 
financial statements is applicable law and UK adopted international 
accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice). 

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs 
as issued by the IASB
As explained in note 3 to the Group financial statements, the Group 
in addition to complying with its legal obligation to apply UK adopted 
international accounting standards, has also applied IFRSs as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

In our opinion the Group financial statements give a true and 
fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 
31 December 2021 and of its consolidated financial performance 
and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in 
accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit 
opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 

Independence
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were 
reappointed by the directors on 14 December 2021 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2021 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including retenders and reappointments is 12 years, 
covering the years ending 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2021. 
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. The non-audit services prohibited by that 
standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company. 

60 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAn overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management 
override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was 
evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of 
material misstatement.

The Group engagement team performed full scope audits of 
the significant components in the UK, comprising 52% of group 
revenue and 90% of group total assets. The audit of the Asia 
Pacific region significant component, comprising 48% of group 
revenue and 10% of group total assets, was performed by a BDO 
member firm in Australia. 

profit recognition key audit matter as noted in the key audit matters 
section of this report. 

Our involvement with component auditors
For the work performed by component auditors, we determined the 
level of involvement needed in order to be able to conclude whether 
sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained as a basis 
for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. Our 
involvement with component auditors included the following:

 ▪ the issuance of instructions that included materiality and 

detailed procedures to be performed on the significant risks 
of material misstatement;

 ▪ further involvement in directing the audit strategy through remote 

meetings and a review of the component auditor’s planning;

 ▪ supervision of the audit process that included regular 

In respect of insignificant components, the Group engagement 
team carried out specific procedures in respect of the revenue and 

communication with the component auditor and a remote review 
of their audit files; and

 ▪ attending an audit close meeting.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of 
the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Development costs
Refer the accounting policies on page 72, and significant 
estimates and judgements on page 71.

We evaluated the Group’s accounting policy in this area to ensure that 
their recognition and measurement principles were in accordance with 
the applicable accounting standards. 

During the year, developments costs of £4,105k 
(2020: £3,561k) have been capitalised. 

Development costs are recognised as an intangible asset 
if specific capitalisation criteria as set out in the applicable 
accounting standards have been met. Judgement is 
required in determining whether the capitalisation criteria 
has been met and the allocation of the development costs 
to particular Clareti Control and Clareti Connect products.

There is also a risk that development costs may 
be maintenance by nature or supersede costs 
previously capitalised. 

Due to the level of judgement, there is considered to 
be an inherent risk of management override of controls.

We agreed a sample of capitalised costs to underlying supporting 
documentation This included obtaining time records to corroborate the 
allocation of cost between products and inspecting employee contracts to 
check that their stated job roles support their involvement in development 
activities. We also recalculated the on-costs and overheads capitalised with 
reference to source data and checked that the five criteria for capitalisation, 
as required by the applicable accounting standard, had been met and that 
the costs were not maintenance by nature.

The testing included gaining an understanding of the projects from the 
development team, as well as obtaining evidence of future economic 
benefits such as customer contracts and pipeline opportunities. We also 
assessed assumptions such as the level of non-productive time inherent in 
the development of each product based on factors including the product’s 
stage of maturity. 

Furthermore, we specifically reviewed the nature of costs capitalised as 
enhancements to software available for sale; checked that the enhancements 
did not supersede existing development costs; and determined whether 
such enhancements met each of the five criteria for capitalisation under the 
applicable accounting standard. This included discussions with the Group’s 
software developers to understand the roadmap for software products to 
which the development costs relate, and specifically where enhancements 
were made to existing products.

In respect of enhancements to established software, we assessed the nature 
of the new releases - and resultant sales opportunities - to determine 
whether there was evidence of superseding previous development effort. 

Key observations
Based on the audit work performed we consider that development costs 
have been capitalised appropriately and in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policy.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

61

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

Key audit matters continued
Key audit matter

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment risk
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 72, and 
significant estimates and judgements on page 71.

Goodwill, capitalised costs during development and other 
intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually 
through comparing the recoverable amount of the cash-
generating unit, based on a value-in-use calculation, to the 
carrying value. 

Furthermore, once available for use, capitalised 
development costs are tested for impairment where an 
indicator of impairment arises. 

There is considered to be a significant risk due to the level 
of judgement involved relating to forecasted growth of 
annual recurring revenues and associated margins, the 
opportunity for management bias within the impairment 
model assumptions and impairment indicators for 
particular intangible assets not being identified. 

Revenue recognition
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 72.

The Group earns revenue from the sale of software 
licenses, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. 

Management exercises judgement in their assessment 
of the stage of completion of service contracts and the 
unbundling of multi-element solution sales, with reference 
to the estimated standalone selling prices of the deemed 
performance obligations, both of which determine the 
recognition of revenue and therefore presents a revenue 
recognition existence risk.

In line with the requirements of applicable accounting 
standards Management continue to exercise judgement 
in determining whether performance obligations of 
solution sales, such as software licences and support 
and maintenance contracts, are considered distinct; the 
level of consideration to be allocated to the performance 
obligations based on standalone selling prices; and whether 
the revenue in respect of the performance obligations is 
recognised at a point in time or overtime. 

Revenue and profit recognition is considered a significant 
risk due to the manual adjustments required in order 
to appropriately recognise the distinct performance 
obligations within revenue contracts, which can involve 
management judgement.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter 

We performed a review of the Group’s goodwill, development costs and other 
intangible assets and examined for indicators of impairment.

We assessed the impairment reviews prepared by management, specifically 
the integrity of management’s value-in-use model and, with the assistance of 
our internal valuation experts, we challenged the key inputs - being forecast 
growth rates, operating cash flows and the discount rate. 

Our procedures for the review of operating cash flows and forecast growth 
rates included, comparing the forecast to recent financial performance 
and budgets approved by the Board. We also ensured the forecasts were 
consistent with those used in the Group’s going concern assumptions. We 
used market data to independently calculate a discount rate and compared 
to that used by management. 

We also performed a sensitivity analysis on the key valuation inputs.

Key observations
Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any matters to 
indicate that the judgement made by management in their impairment 
assessment was inappropriate.

We reviewed the revenue recognition principles applied to significant 
new contracts written and performed during the year and ensured that 
the revenue recognition policies were in accordance with the applicable 
accounting standards and the Group’s accounting policy.

In particular, we checked a sample of solution sales and assessed the 
appropriateness of unbundling contract revenue into separate performance 
obligations along with any judgements in the allocation of the consideration 
across the performance obligations based on estimated standalone selling 
prices. We assessed the unbundling judgement through benchmarking with 
reference to historic contracts executed by the Group and external sources 
in relation to the sector. 

For the licence revenue element of new contracts executed in close proximity 
to the year end, we obtained evidence that the software had been delivered 
to the customer prior to the end of the financial year with the licence fee 
being recognised up front on installation. For the licence element we agreed 
a sample of sales and, where relevant, underlying time costs to supporting 
contracts and other documentation, including user acceptance evidence, 
statements of works and time records.

For fixed price service contracts, we assessed managements judgement 
applied in determining the estimated hours, stage of completion and projected 
project losses to underlying contracts, statement of works and time costs. 

Key observations
Based on the work performed, we consider that revenue has been recognised 
appropriately and in accordance with the applicable accounting standards 
and the Group’s revenue recognition accounting policy.

62 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey audit matters continued
Key audit matter

Acquisition of Electra Information Systems Inc
Refer to note 24 to the financial statements on page 102, 
and significant estimates and judgements on page 71.

As detailed in note 24 of the Annual Financial Report, the 
Group undertook an acquisition during the financial year. 
The acquisition resulted in the recognition of intangible 
assets at fair value of £16.8m and goodwill of £14.3m.

Management have recognised on acquisition separately 
identifiable intangible assets in respect of software 
and customer relationships, exercising judgement in 
estimating the fair value for each. A third party expert was 
commissioned by Management to assist with the purchase 
price allocation.

The provision for contingent consideration is based upon 
estimates, at the date of acquisition, of future performance 
of the acquired entity.

This matter is considered to be a significant risk as 
Management had to exercise judgement in determining 
the fair value of the consideration, which contained a 
contingent element, and the assets and liabilities acquired.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter 

In respect of the fair value of the consideration, we reviewed Management’s 
calculation with reference to the Sale and Purchase agreement. We also 
assessed the estimate of contingent consideration against forecasts 
and current performance and verified the initial cash consideration to 
documentation such as the sale and purchase agreement and completion 
statement. Our procedures on the forecasts included agreeing to pipeline, 
new contract wins post year end and post year end trading activity. 

We ensured that the acquisition accounting exercise had been carried out 
in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, and reviewed and 
substantially audited Management’s workings relating to the estimates in 
respect of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired to supporting 
third party evidence, were applicable. We also assessed the competence, 
capability, independence and objectivity of the Management’s expert who 
performed the purchase price allocation exercise. 

In particular, we assessed the valuation of the intangible assets that were 
considered separately identifiable on acquisition, testing the key inputs and 
assumptions in the valuation model and, with the assistance of our valuations 
experts who reviewed the mechanics and methodology inherent in the 
model, which include ensuring the sensitivities within were appropriate.

We also considered the completeness of the separately identifiable intangible 
assets with reference to our understanding of the business and key motivations 
of the transaction.

Key observations
Based on the audit work performed, we consider that the acquisition 
of Electra Information Systems Inc, including the separately identifiable 
intangible assets and contingent consideration has been recognised 
appropriately in the financial statements.

Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider 
materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users 
that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, 
performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be 
evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, 
when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Materiality

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

2021
£’000

277

2020
£’000

180

2021
£’000

150

2020
£’000

105

0.75% of revenue

56% of Group materiality 58% of Group materiality

Capped at 56% (2020: 58%) 
of Group materiality given 
the assessment of the 
components aggregation 
risk.

As a growing technology 
business we consider 
revenue to be the key 
performance measure in 
driving the valuation of 
the Group and informing 
the economic decisions of 
the users of the financial 
statements. This is 
particularly in light of lower 
levels of profitability in 
the current environment 
and revenues being an 
increasing basis of business 
valuation in the sector.

Basis for determining 
performance materiality

On the basis of our risk assessment, together with our assessment of the Group and Parent Company’s control 
environment and a history of minimal errors, our judgement is that performance materiality for the financial 
statements should be 65%.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

63

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

Our application of materiality continued

2021
£’000

Performance materiality

180

2020
£’000

117

2021
£’000

97.5

2020
£’000

68

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Component materiality
We set materiality for each component of the Group based on 
a percentage of between 30% and 75% of Group materiality 
dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material 
misstatement of that component. Component materiality ranged 
from £83,100 to £207,750. In the audit of each component, we 
further applied performance materiality levels of 65% of the 
component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors 
exceeding component materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them 
all individual audit differences in excess of £5,540 (2020: £3,600). 
We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in 
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the annual 
financial report other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read 
the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in 
the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in 
relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit. 

Going concern 
and longer-term 
viability

 ▪ The Directors’ statement with regards the 

appropriateness of adopting the going concern 
basis of accounting and any material uncertainties 
identified as set out on page 56.

Other Code 
provisions 

 ▪ Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 
understandable as set out on page 59. 

 ▪ Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a 

robust assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks as set out on page 28. 

 ▪ The section of the annual report that describes 
the review of effectiveness of risk management 
and internal control systems as set out on 
page 45.

 ▪ The section describing the work of the audit 

committee as set out on page 43. 

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work 
performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions 
and matters as described below. 

Strategic 
report and 
Directors’ 
report 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken 
in the course of the audit:

 ▪ the information given in the Strategic report and 
the Directors’ report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

 ▪ the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have 
been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of 
the Group and Parent Company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in the strategic 
report or the Directors’ report. 

Directors’ 
remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration 
report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

Matters on 
which we 
are required 
to report by 
exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

 ▪ adequate accounting records have not been kept 
by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us; or

 ▪ the Parent Company financial statements and the 
part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or

 ▪ The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment 

 ▪ certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 

of the entity’s prospects, the period this 
assessment covers and why they period is 
appropriate as set out on page 56. 

specified by law are not made; or

 ▪ we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit. 

64 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ▪ the evaluation also involved gaining an understanding 

of Management remuneration schemes and the extent 
to which remuneration is influenced by reported results;

 ▪ discussions with Management and the Audit Committee 

regarding known or suspected instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations;

 ▪ ensuring all audit team and component team members were 

cognizant of relevant laws and regulations through engagement 
discussions and the issuing of specific audit instructions;

 ▪ obtaining and understanding of controls designed to prevent 

and detect irregularities;

 ▪ review of board minutes for any evidence of fraud or non-

compliance with laws and regulations; and

 ▪ testing journal entries made to accounts that are considered 
to carry a greater risk of fraud as part of our planned audit 
approach by agreeing to supporting documentation.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of 
material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising 
that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There 
are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and 
the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on 
the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a 
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the 
Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Malcolm Thixton (Senior Statutory Auditor)
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF BDO LLP, STATUTORY AUDITOR
SOUTHAMPTON
UNITED KINGDOM
7 March 2022

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales 
(with registered number OC305127).

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting continued
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 
and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and sector in which it 
operates, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations relate to The Corporate Governance 
Code, Corporate and VAT legislation, Employment Taxes and 
Health and Safety, and the extent to which non-compliance 
might have a material effect on the financial statements. We 
also considered those laws and regulations which have a direct 
impact on the preparation of the financial statements such as the 
Companies Act 2006 and the applicable accounting frameworks. 

As a result of performing the above we identified the principal 
risks were related to bias in accounting estimates, with the 
most significant considered to relate to revenue recognition 
and capitalisation of development costs. The Group audit 
engagement team shared this risk assessment with the 
component auditors to ensure that appropriate audit procedures 
were applied in response to these risks. Our procedures included:

 ▪ evaluation of management incentives and opportunities for 

fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements including 
management override;

 ▪ this evaluation involved a particular focus on the judgements 

and estimates inherent in the key audit matters and exercising 
professional scepticism in considering the impact of those 
estimates and judgements on the reported results and key 
performance measures such as annually recurring revenues 
and cash EBITDA;

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

65

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated income statement

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting administrative items:
Exceptional costs
Exceptional income
Amortisation on acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Total administrative expenses

Operating profit
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

(Loss)/profit after taxation attributable to the equity holders of the Parent

Earnings per share
Statutory
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

37,026
(11,799)

25,227

As restated
Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

24,752
(7,003)

17,749

(21,146)

(15,911)

4,081

1,838

(1,821)
330
(1,673)
(369)

(3,533)

(400)
—
(893)
(220)

(1,513)

(24,679)

(17,424)

548
4
(121)

431
(1,443)

(1,012)

pence
(1.31)
(1.31)

5.08
5.02

325
37
(54)

308
953

1,261

pence
1.84
1.80

4.04
3.96

Notes

4,5

5
5
14
23

5,6
4,9
9

10

11
11

11
11

66 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

(Loss)/profit after taxation attributable to the equity holders of the Parent

Other comprehensive expenses
Items that will or may be re-classified into profit or loss: 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Total other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

(1,012)

1,261

(184)

(184)

(113)

(113)

(1,196)

1,148

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

67

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of financial position

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Income tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Equity attributable to owners of the Parent
Called up equity share capital
Share premium account
Own share reserve
Other reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to owners of the Parent

Non-current liabilities
Contract liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Contingent consideration

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Income tax payable
Contingent consideration

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

At
31 December
2021
£’000

At
31 December
2020
£’000

Notes

13
16
14
10

18
18
18
19

22
25
22
25
25
25

20
16
10
20
20

20
16
20
20

218
1,466
62,267
232

64,183

5,403
1,665
1,204
9,139

17,411

81,594

4,168
23,876
(609)
536
(378)
18,288

45,881

60
770
6,831
144
3,575

11,380

19,616
642
131
3,944

24,333

35,713

81,594

243
1,646
31,108
552

33,549

3,497
923
—
8,876

13,296

46,845

3,508
4,341
(778)
536
(194)
19,453

26,866

66
1,004
1,289
146
349

2,854

15,303
535
378
909

17,125

19,979

46,845

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 7 March 2022. 

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
7 March 2022 

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
7 March 2022

68 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2020
Attributable profit for the period
Other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive (expenses)/income
Exercise of share options
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Share-based payments 
Dividend paid

At 31 December 2020

Attributable loss for the period
Other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive expenses
Issue of equity shares
Share issue costs
Exercise of share options
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Share-based payments 
Dividend paid

Notes

22

22
23

22
22
22

22
23
12

Foreign
currency
 translation
reserve
£’000

Other 
reserves
£’000

Share 
capital
£’000

3,413 
— 
— 

— 
95 

—
— 
—

Share 
premium
account
£’000

3,903
— 
— 

— 
438 

Own 
share
reserve
£’000

(945)
—
—

—
—

—
— 
—

167
—
—

536 
— 
— 

— 
— 

—
— 
—

3,508

4,341

(778)

536

—
—

—
656
—
4

—
—
—

—
—

—
20,344
(870)
61

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

169
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

Retained
 earnings
£’000

18,478 
1,261 
— 

1,261
— 

Total
£’000

25,304 
1,261
(113)

1,148
533 

—
220 
(506)

167
220 
(506)

19,453

26,866

(1,012)
—

(1,012)
—
—
—

(1,012)
(184)

(1,196)
21,000
(870)
65

—
369
(522)

169
369
(522)

(81) 
— 
(113) 

(113) 
— 

—
— 
—

(194)

—
(184)

(184)
—
—
—

—
—
—

At 31 December 2021

4,168

23,876

(609)

536

(378)

18,288

45,881

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

69

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities 
(Loss)/profit after taxation
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Share-based payments 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
Increase in contract assets
Increase in trade and other payables 
Increase/(decrease) in contract liabilities
Taxation 
Exchange gain on financial instrument
Net finance costs

Cash inflow from operations 
Income taxes received
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Interest received 
Exchange gain on financial instrument
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Payments to acquire subsidiary undertaking (net of cash)
Payment of contingent consideration on acquisition of Inforalgo
Payments to acquire intangible fixed assets 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Interest paid 
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Dividends paid
Share issue proceeds (net of costs)

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000 

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000 

Notes

13 
14
16
23 

10 
5
9 

9 
5
13 
24
20
14 

 9
16
12
22

19 

(1,012)
175
4,042
581
369
(776)
(220)
1,996
256
1,443
(330)
117

6,641
—
(1,114)

5,527

4
330
(145)
(19,639)
(923)
(4,150)

(24,523)

(39)
(590)
(522)
20,195

19,044

48
8,876
215

9,139

1,261
245
2,810
496
220
1,060
(312)
1,111
(1,263)
(953)
—
17

4,692
1,307
(510)

5,489

37
—
(87)
(1,900)
—
(3,565)

(5,515)

(16)
(576)
(506)
533

(565)

(591)
9,605
(138)

8,876

70 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements

1. Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards
Gresham Technologies plc is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The 
Company’s ordinary shares are traded as a premium listing on 
the London Stock Exchange.

The financial statements of Gresham Technologies plc and its 
subsidiaries (“the Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2021 
were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 March 
2022 and the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position was 
signed on the Board’s behalf by Mr I Manocha and Mr T Mullan. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with adopted International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”) as they apply to the financial statements 
of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021.

2. Accounting judgements and 
estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management 
to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement 
of financial position date and the amounts reported for revenues 
and expenses during the year. However, the nature of estimation 
means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. 
We review our estimates and underlying assumptions on an 
ongoing basis and recognise revisions to accounting estimates 
in the period in which we revise the estimate and in any future 
periods affected. It is considered that all judgements have an 
element of estimation.

Judgements
The key judgements that have a significant risk of causing a 
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. 

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue and the associated profit are recognised from sale 
of software licences, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. When software licences are 
sold, we must exercise judgement as to when the appropriate 
point in time has passed at which all performance obligations 
for that software licence have been performed, at which point 
revenue in relation to the stand-alone sales price of the software 
licence is recognised. Whilst in most cases performance 
obligations clearly follow the commercial and contractual 
arrangement we have agreed with the customer, in some 
cases the revenue streams are combined as within an overall 
commercial arrangement. Such combined circumstances require 
judgement to assess performance obligations associated with 
each revenue stream and further judgement as to when and how 
such performance obligations have been discharged in order to 
recognise the associated revenue. The estimation of the stage 
of completion, along with the distinct performance obligations 
of multi-element solution sales, represents a risk of incorrect 
revenue recognition.

Where licences are delivered to customers on commencement 
of the contract, the licence fee is recognised upon completion 
of performance obligations and the remaining revenue for 
support and maintenance is subsequently recognised over the 
contract term.

In considering the distinct performance obligations of multi-
element solutions, instances may arise whereby the substance 
of the performance obligations differs from the legal form of 
the contract. In such circumstances, judgement is required to 
assess the estimated stand-alone selling price of the constituent 
elements and recognise revenue accordingly. In such instances 
we must first determine whether:

1. 

2. 

 the satisfaction of a performance obligation with a stand-
alone selling price is operationally, technically, functionally 
separate, and deliverable separately, from other deliverables 
to the customer; or

 the satisfaction of a performance obligation with a 
stand-alone selling price is not operationally, technically, 
functionally and deliverable separate from other deliverables 
to the customer.

If the agreement is determined to be under category 1 above, 
then the stand-alone sales price of each element of a typical 
software, support and maintenance is determined, unbundled 
and recognised appropriately for each element. If the agreement 
is determined to be under category 2 above then the bundled 
fee is recognised as the bundled services are delivered over the 
term of the contract. 

Judgement is exercised in setting the stand-alone selling prices 
of each element of bundled contracts. It was concluded that 
the annual stand-alone sales price of standard support and 
maintenance offerings will be equal to 20% of the five-year 
software licence fee, or of the total combined five-year licence, 
support and maintenance fees, the stand-alone sales price 
of the licence will be 50% and the support and maintenance 
50%. This ratio is aligned to the proportion of development 
costs capitalised in proportion to our annual support and 
maintenance costs.

Estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key 
sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of financial 
position date that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are discussed below.

Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is included 
based on management estimates of the most likely outcome. 
Those judgements include the forecasting of a number of 
different outcomes against the performance targets and 
estimating a probability and risk of each outcome before arriving 
at a risk weighted value of contingent consideration.

Further details are disclosed in note 24 to the financial statements.

Capitalised development costs
The Group invests in the development of new and enhanced 
features to its products. Development costs are accounted for 
in accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” and costs that 
meet the qualifying criteria are capitalised and systematically 
amortised over the useful economic life of the intangible asset. 

Determining whether development costs qualify for capitalisation 
as intangible assets requires judgement as to the technical and 
commercial viability of each asset created. These judgements 
are applied consistently year to year with the Group evaluating 
whether there are future economic benefits beyond the current 
period, the stage at which technical feasibility has been achieved, 
management’s intention to sue or sell the product, the likelihood 
of success of completion, the availability of technical resources 
to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably 
the expenditure attributed to each product.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

71

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting judgements and 
estimation uncertainty continued
Estimates and assumptions continued
Capitalised development costs continued
Estimates are made to the applicable useful economic 
life of each asset created. These estimates are continually 
reviewed and updated based on past experience and reviews 
of competitor products available in the market. The impact of 
reducing the useful economic life by one year would increase 
the amortisation charge for the year by £115,000, if the useful 
economic life was increased by one year the amortisation charge 
is reduced by £443,000.

The capitalised development cost is disclosed in note 14.

Impairment reviews
The Group performs impairment reviews at the reporting 
period end to identify any intangible assets that have a carrying 
value that is in excess of its recoverable value. Determining 
the recoverability of an intangible asset requires judgement in 
both the methodology applied and the key variables within that 
methodology. Where it is determined that an intangible asset 
is impaired, its carrying value will be reduced to its recoverable 
value with the difference recorded as an impairment charge in 
the income statement.

The intangible asset impairment reviews are disclosed in note 15.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the key assumptions 
for discount rate, growth rate and revenue growth rates to 
determine when impairment would occur these are disclosed 
in note 15.

Useful economic life of capitalised development costs
The assessment of the useful economic life of capitalised 
development costs is estimated by management based on past 
experience and reviews of competitor products available in 
the market.

Valuation of intangible assets on business combinations
In determining the fair value of intangible assets arising on 
acquisition, management is required to make judgements 
regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows 
applicable to the businesses being acquired, discounted using 
an appropriate discount rate. Such judgements are based on 
current budgets and forecasts, extrapolated for an appropriate 
period taking into account growth rates and expected changes 
to selling prices and operating costs. Management estimates the 
appropriate discount rate using pre-tax rates that reflect current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the businesses being acquired. See note 14 and note 
24 for further details.

3. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation 
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and in accordance with international financial reporting 
standards and international accounting standards as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and 
Interpretations (collectively IFRSs). The accounting policies 
which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared on a 
historical cost basis, except for the following items:

 ▪ contingent consideration; and

 ▪ cash settled share-based payment liabilities.

72 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

The Group financial statements are presented in Sterling, 
which is also the Group’s functional currency. All values are 
rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except when 
otherwise indicated.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial 
statements of Gresham Technologies plc and the entities it 
controls (its subsidiaries) drawn up to 31 December each year. 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to the 
reporting date. Investees are classified as subsidiaries where the 
Company has control, which is achieved where the Company 
has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of 
an investee entity, exposure to variable returns from the investee 
and the ability to use its power to affect those variable returns. 
All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results 
of business combinations using the acquisition method. In 
the statement of financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable 
assets and liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values at 
acquisition date. The results of acquired entities are included in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income from the 
date at which control is obtained and are deconsolidated from 
the date control ceases.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position are 
set out in the Strategic report on pages 3 to 40. The financial 
position of the Group and the principal risks and uncertainties 
are also described in the Strategic report.

The Group has sufficient financial resources together with good 
relationships with a number of customers and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. The Group has access 
to a strong underlying cash flow arising from long-established 
maintenance businesses with long-standing blue-chip customers 
and strong growth prospects being realised with its Clareti solutions. 

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2021.

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group are 
set out below.

Foreign currency translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the 
functional currency by applying an approximation of the spot 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling 
at the statement of financial position date. All differences are 
taken to the income statement; in the instance where the 
differences on monetary assets and liabilities form part of the 
Group’s net investment in foreign operations, they are moved to 
the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income on consolidation 
and held in a separate component of equity until the disposal 
of the net investment, at which time they are recognised in 
profit or loss.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued3. Accounting policies continued
Foreign currency translation continued
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated 
into Sterling at the rate of exchange ruling at the statement of 
financial position date. Income and expenses are translated 
at weighted average exchange rates for the year. The resulting 
exchange differences are taken to the Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income and recognised directly to a separate 
component of equity. On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred 
cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that particular 
foreign operation is recognised in the Income Statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost 
in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as 
at the dates of the initial transactions, on consolidation; all assets 
and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries which report in a different 
functional currency are retranslated using the closing rate.

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over 
the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition. At the 
date of acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units 
for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill is recognised 
as an asset and assessed for impairment annually. Any 
impairment is recognised immediately in the Group Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. Once recognised, an impairment of 
goodwill is not reversed.

Intangible assets
Acquired intangibles
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial 
recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination is fair value as at the date of acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at 
cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets are 
subject to the same recognition tests as development costs, 
and if met, they are capitalised.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over their useful 
economic lives and assessed for impairment whenever there 
is an indication that they may be impaired. The amortisation 
period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset 
with a finite useful life is reviewed at least at each financial 
year end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected 
pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied 
in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation 
period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in 
accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible 
assets with finite lives is recognised in the income statement 
in the expense category consistent with the function of the 
intangible asset. The useful economic lives of separately acquired 
software is deemed to be ten years and the useful economic life 
of customer relations is between six and twelve years; the charge 
in the income statement is made within the amortisation for 
acquired intangibles.

Internally generated intangibles
The Group has capitalised development costs in respect of 
the Clareti platform which has been assessed against the 
required capitalisation criteria and a remaining useful economic 
life of twelve years reflecting the maturity and availability of 
comparable solutions in our markets. The Group has capitalised 
development costs in respect of individual Clareti applications 
which have been individually assessed against the required 
capitalisation criteria and been individually assigned useful 

economic lives reflecting the maturity and availability of 
comparable applications in our markets. The useful economic 
lives are assessed to be between two and twelve years. The 
amortisation charge is recognised in the income statement.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and are recognised in the income statement when the asset 
is derecognised.

Purchased intangibles with finite lives, including purchased 
patents, know-how, trademarks, licences and distribution 
rights, are capitalised at cost and amortised on a straight-line 
basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful 
life of these intangible assets range between two and ten years 
depending on their nature. Amortisation charges in respect of 
intangible assets are included in administrative expenses.

Research and development costs
Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development 
expenditure on an individual project is recognised as an 
intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate the technical 
feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be 
available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability 
to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future 
economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete 
the asset and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure 
during development.

Capitalised product development expenditure is stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Product 
development costs that have been capitalised are amortised 
from the time the product or related enhancement becomes 
available for use as part of a version release issued to customers 
on a straight-line basis over two to twelve years depending on 
the useful economic life of the asset assessed. During the period 
of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises 
the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other 
consideration given to acquire the asset and includes costs 
directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating 
as intended. 

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment 
on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

 ▪ Fixtures and fittings – over the term of the underlying 

property lease. 

 ▪ Plant and equipment – over lives ranging between one and ten 
years to write down the assets to their residual value based on 
current prices for an asset of the age the plant and equipment 
is expected to be at the end of its useful life. 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are 
reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable, and are 
written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful 
lives and residual values are reviewed annually and where 
adjustments are required these are made prospectively.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon 
disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected 
to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition of the asset is included in the income 
statement in the period of derecognition.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

73

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Accounting policies continued
Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset 
and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets; and 
leases with a duration of twelve months or less. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 
contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term, with 
the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent 
in the lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not readily 
determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate on commencement of the lease is used. Variable lease 
payments are only included in the measurement of the lease 
liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the 
initial measurement of the lease liability assumes the variable 
element will remain unchanged throughout the lease term. Other 
variable lease payments are expensed in the period to which 
they relate. 

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also 
includes: amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; the exercise price of any purchase option 
granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to assess 
that option; and any penalties payable for terminating the lease, 
if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of 
termination option being exercised. 

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of 
the lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, 
and increased for: lease payments made at or before 
commencement of the lease; initial direct costs incurred; and 
the amount of any provision recognised where the Group is 
contractually required to dismantle, remove or restore the 
leased asset.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as 
a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right-
of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
remaining term of the lease or over the remaining economic 
life of the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the 
lease term. 

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease 
(because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee 
extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts the 
carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to 
make over the revised term, which are discounted at the same 
discount rate that applied on lease commencement. The carrying 
value of lease liabilities is similarly revised when the variable 
element of future lease payments dependent on a rate or index 
is revised. In both cases an equivalent adjustment is made to the 
carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying 
amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term. 

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease 
with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of 
the modification: 

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets 

being leased for an amount commensurate with the 
stand-alone price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, 
the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in 
accordance with the above policy;

 ▪ in all other cases where the renegotiation increases the scope 
of the lease (whether that is an extension to the lease term, or 
one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability 
is remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the 
modification date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted 
by the same amount; and

74 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

 ▪  if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the 

lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and right-
of-use asset are reduced by the same proportion to reflect 
the partial or full termination of the lease with any difference 
recognised in profit or loss. The lease liability is then further 
adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the amount of 
the renegotiated payments over the renegotiated term, with 
the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable 
on the modification date. The right-of-use asset is adjusted by 
the same amount. 

For contracts that both convey a right to the Group to use 
an identified asset and require services to be provided to the 
Group by the lessor, the Group has elected to account for the 
entire contract as a lease, i.e. it does allocate any amount of 
the contractual payments to, and account separately for, any 
services provided by the supplier as part of the contract.

Impairment of non‑financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an 
indication that any non-financial assets may be impaired. If any 
such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an 
asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s 
recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher 
of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell 
and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, 
unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely 
independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. 
Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable 
amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to 
its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. 
In determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate 
valuation model is used incorporating industry standard valuation 
multiples or other available fair value indicators. Impairment 
losses on continuing operations are recognised in the income 
statement in those expense categories consistent with the 
function of the impaired asset.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether 
there is any indication that previously recognised impairment 
losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such 
indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A 
previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there 
has been a change in the estimates used to determine the 
asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was 
recognised. If that is the case the carrying amount of the asset 
is increased to its recoverable amount. Impairment charges on 
goodwill are considered permanent and cannot be reversed. 
That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no 
impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. 
Such reversal is recognised in profit or loss. After such a reversal 
the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate 
the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a 
systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an 
indication that contract assets may be impaired by applying the 
IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses 
using a lifetime expected credit loss provision.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued3. Accounting policies continued
Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle 
the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation. If the effect is material, expected future 
cash flows are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that 
reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be 
reimbursed, for example under an insurance policy, the 
reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when 
recovery is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision 
is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. 
Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to 
unwinding the discount is recognised as a finance cost.

Financial assets
Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each statement of financial position date 
whether a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets are all classified within the amortised 
cost category. The Group’s accounting policy for this category 
is as follows:

Assets carried at amortised cost
These assets arise principally from the provision of sales and 
services of software and support and maintenance to customers 
(e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other types of 
financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in 
order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual 
cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest. They 
are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

Impairment provisions for current and non-current trade 
receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach 
within IFRS 9 using a provision matrix in the determination of 
the lifetime expected credit losses. During this process the 
probability of the non-payment of the trade receivables is 
assessed. This probability is then multiplied by the amount 
of the expected loss arising from default to determine the 
lifetime expected credit loss for the trade receivables. For 
trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are 
recorded in a separate provision account with the loss being 
recognised within cost of sales in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income. On confirmation that the trade 
receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the 
asset is written off against the associated provision.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any 
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement to the extent that the carrying value of the 
asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date.

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost 
comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held 
at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or less, and – for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flows – bank overdrafts. Bank 
overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short-term deposits in the consolidated statement of 
financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flow, cash 
and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as 
defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively 
enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an 
accruals basis and recorded as a credit in the taxation line 
of the income statement.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the 
following exceptions:

 ▪ where the temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a 
transaction that is not a business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit 
or loss;

 ▪ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 ▪ deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward 
tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset 
is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date. Deferred income 
tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable 
right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation 
authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single 
net payment.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income or directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited 
or charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Purchases and sales of financial assets measured at fair value 
through other comprehensive income are recognised on 
settlement date with any change in fair value between trade date 
and settlement date being recognised in the fair value through 
other comprehensive income reserve. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

75

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Accounting policies continued
Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two 
categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability 
was acquired. 

The Group’s accounting policy for other financial liabilities (which 
include trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities), 
are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Other financial liabilities include the following items:
 ▪ Bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of 

any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the 
instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, which ensures that any interest expense over the 
period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of 
the liability carried in the consolidated statement of financial 
position. For the purposes of each financial liability, interest 
expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium 
payable on redemption, as well as any interest or coupon 
payable while the liability is outstanding.

 ▪ Trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities, 

which are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
A financial asset or liability is generally derecognised when the 
contract that gives rise to it is settled, sold, cancelled or expires.

Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another 
from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the 
terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an 
exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the 
original liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that 
the difference in the respective carrying amounts together with 
any costs or fees incurred are recognised in profit or loss.

Pensions
Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised 
in the income statement in the period in which they 
become payable.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In 
the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this is when 
declared by the Directors. In the case of final dividends, this is 
when approved by the shareholders at the AGM. 

Revenue recognition
Revenue, comprising sales of products and services to 
third parties, is recognised to the extent that satisfaction of 
contractual performance obligations has occurred and it is 
probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and 
the revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue is measured 
at the stand-alone selling price of the performance obligation 
delivered, excluding discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales taxes. 
To note there is no material impact of variable consideration or 
financing components across all revenue streams.

The following criteria must also be met before revenue is 
recognised:

Software licences
Revenue on software licences is recognised when all of the 
following criteria are met:

 ▪ persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, such as a 

signed contract or purchase order;

 ▪ satisfaction of the contracted performance obligations has 
been met, which in the case of software licences typically 
means delivery has occurred and no future elements to be 
delivered are essential to the functionality of the delivered 
element;

 ▪ a stand-alone selling price of the performance obligation 

can be measured; and 

 ▪ collectability is probable.

Provision of services
Revenue and profits from the provision of professional services, 
such as implementation, development, training and consultancy, 
are delivered under a time and materials type contract and are 
therefore recognised over time and based upon number of hours 
worked. On occasion fixed price services contracts are entered 
into, upon which revenue is recognised on a percentage-of-
completion basis, as costs incurred relate to total costs for the 
contract, when the outcome of a contract can be estimated 
reliably. Determining whether a contract’s outcome can be 
estimated reliably requires management to exercise judgement, 
whilst calculation of the contract’s profit requires estimates 
of the total contract costs to completion. Cost estimates and 
judgements are continually reviewed and updated as determined 
by events or circumstances.

Revenue from this revenue stream creates contract assets 
through yet to be billed time input and expenses at the 
reporting date.

Support and maintenance
Revenue from support and maintenance services is recognised 
rateably over the period of the contract. Revenue is recognised 
when the provision of support and maintenance and completion 
of the performance obligations are carried out which is deemed 
to be evenly throughout the term of the contract. The customer 
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided 
by the Group’s performance as the Group performs.

Revenue from this revenue stream creates contract liabilities 
through the invoicing of services prior to performance obligations 
being performed.

Data services
Revenue related to providing data services is based on 
a consumption basis whereby revenue is recognised based 
on the customer utilisation of such services.

Solution sales
Contracts for the delivery of solutions with multiple elements, 
typically involving software licences, rendering of services, 
support, maintenance and infrastructure are unbundled where 
possible and revenue is recognised based on the accounting 
policy applicable to each constituent part, for example the 
stand-alone selling price of the software licence is recognised at 
a point in time, upon satisfaction of the performance obligations 
associated to that licence, and the stand-alone selling price of 
software maintenance and support is recognised over the period 
over which the service is provided. A typical example of such 
a scenario is where we sell a subscription licence but are not 
contracted to provide the hosted infrastructure to deploy the 
software upon – the customer deploys the software on-premise 
or on a cloud environment for which we are not responsible. 

76 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued3. Accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition continued
Solution sales continued
We have many instances where unbundling is not possible, this 
is where a bundled element cannot technically or operationally 
be provided without another. The typical example of this is when 
the customer contracts our hosted Cloud software offerings, 
under which the customer cannot gain benefit from the software 
without the Group also providing, and continuing to provide, the 
hosted infrastructure upon which software is deployed. Where 
objective unbundling of a solution is not possible, revenue is 
recognised over the period of the contractual service provision. 

Interest income
Interest income is recognised as finance revenue as interest 
accrues using the effective interest method. The effective 
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated 
future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial 
instrument to its net carrying amount.

Share-based payments
Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they 
are granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting 
period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees 
become fully entitled to the award. 

Fair value of awards with a market condition-based performance 
target is determined by an external valuer using a Monte Carlo 
simulation pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no 
account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions 
linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).

Fair value of awards with a financial result-based performance 
target is determined by management using the Black Scholes 
pricing model.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, 
except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market 
condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether 
or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other 
vesting conditions are satisfied.

At each statement of financial position date before vesting, 
the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent 
to which the vesting period has expired and management’s 
best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market 
conditions and of the number of equity instruments that will 
ultimately vest or, in the case of an instrument subject to a 
market condition, be treated as vesting as described above. The 
movement in cumulative expense since the previous statement 
of financial position date is recognised in the income statement, 
with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or 
a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled 
award, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be 
recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense 
is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the 
incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference 
between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the 
modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. 
No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as 
if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not 
yet recognised in the profit and loss account for the award is 
expensed immediately. Any compensation paid up to the fair 
value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is 
deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being 
treated as an expense in the income statement.

The share-based payment expense is recognised as a staff cost 
and the associated credit entry is made against equity. 

Financial instruments
The Group, outside of normal business operations, enters into 
forward currency contracts. Forward currency contracts are 
valued at fair value through profit or loss.

Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT)
The Company is deemed to have control of its ESOT therefore 
the trust is included within the consolidated financial 
statements. The ESOT investment in the Company’s shares is 
deducted from equity in the consolidated statement of financial 
position. The shares are valued at the average purchase price.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial 
statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further 
understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are 
non-recurring items of income or expense that have been shown 
separately due to the significance of their nature or amount.

Cost of sales
Costs of sales comprise costs incurred to achieve the financial 
years revenue and are recognised within the Income statement 
primarily consisting of the following costs:

 ▪ customer specific third party costs incurred in providing our 

cloud hosted cloud solutions;

 ▪ third party contractor costs incurred by our contracting 

services business; and

 ▪ payrolled employees that provide fixed margin contracting services.

Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses are recognised within the Income 
Statement in the period that they are incurred and primarily 
consist of the following costs:

 ▪ staff costs including salaries, bonuses and commissions 
excluding payrolled employees provided fixed margin 
contracting services which are within costs of sale;

 ▪ marketing costs including travel and entertainment costs;

 ▪ property costs excluding any costs disclosed as amortisation 

under IFRS 16;

 ▪ IT and communication costs; 

 ▪ professional advisory fees and general administration costs; and

 ▪ depreciation and amortisation. 

Changes in accounting policies
New standards, interpretations and amendments effective 
from 1 January 2021
A number of new standards, interpretations and amendments 
are effective for the year ended 31 December 2021, which have 
been listed below, these have had no impact on the Group’s 
accounting policies and disclosures in these financial statements.

 ▪ IBOR reform and its Effects on Financial reporting – phase 2

 ▪ COVID-19 related rent concessions (Amendment to IFRS 16)

New standards, interpretations and amendments not 
yet effective
Accounting standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations issued by the IASB that are effective for the 
period beginning 1 January 2022 are not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

There are no new standards, and amendments to standards 
and interpretations which are effective for annual periods 
beginning after 1 January 2022 which have been adopted 
in these financial statements.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

77

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Accounting policies continued
Prior year restatement
For the year ending 31 December 2020 the Group’s fixed margin contracting services disclosed third party contractor costs within 
costs of sale, with fixed term contractors that were paid through the Group’s payrolls being disclosed as administrative expenses. 
To provide more relevant and reliable information for the year ended 31 December 2021 all contractor costs incurred under the 
Group’s contracting business have been disclosed within costs of sales regardless of how the contractors have been paid.

As a result of the change in accounting treatment, costs incurred of £3,143,000 previously disclosed within administrative expenses 
in the year ended 31 December 2020 have been reclassified as costs of sale. This is disclosed within the restated Income Statement. 
The overall effect of this change is to increase costs of sale by £3,143,000 from £3,860,000 as previously reported to £7,003,000 and 
reduce total administrative expenses by £3,143,000 from £20,567,000 to £17,424,000. There was no impact to retained earnings for 
the year ended 31 December 2020 and to the Statement of Financial Position at 31 December 2020.

4. Revenue
Revenue disclosed in the income statement is analysed as follows:

Provision of software and services
Finance revenue

Total revenue

Note

9

2021
£’000

37,026
4

37,030

2020
£’000

24,752
37

24,789

The Group has disaggregated revenue into various categories in the following table which is intended to:

 ▪ depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic data; and

 ▪ enable users to understand the relationship with the revenue segment information provided in note 5.

2021

Non-recurring software revenue (software licences)
Recurring software revenue (annually recurring software licences, 
support and maintenance and managed services) 
Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition 

Non-annually recurring – at a point in time
Annually recurring – at a point in time
Rateably recognised – over contract period

2020

Non-recurring software revenue (software licences)
Recurring software revenue (annually recurring software licences, 
support and maintenance and managed services) 
Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition 

Non-annually recurring – at a point in time
Annually recurring – at a point in time
Rateably recognised – over contract period

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

137

Other
Solutions
£’000

73

18,800
6,532

25,469

£’000

137
3,286
22,046

25,469

4,581
569

5,223

£’000

73
—
5,150

5,223

Contracting
Services
£’000

—

—
6,334

6,334

£’000

—
—
6,334

6,334

Clareti Solutions
£’000

Other Solutions
£’000

Contracting
Services
£’000

—

—

—

11,428
4,025

15,453

£’000

—
2,891
12,562

15,453

3,674
721

4,395

£’000

—
—
4,395

4,395

—
4,904

4,904

£’000

—
—
4,904

4,904

Total
£’000

210

23,381
13,435

37,026

£’000

210
3,286
33,530

37,026

Total
£’000

—

15,102
9,650

24,752

£’000

—
2,891
21,861

24,752

78 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued4. Revenue continued
Contract balances

At 1 January
Amounts included in contract liabilities that were recognised  
as revenue during the period
Acquisitions
Excess of revenue recognised over cash (or rights to cash)  
being recognised during the period
Cash received in advance of performance and not recognised  
as revenue during the period

Contract 
assets
2021
£’000

3,431

—
1,447

581

—

Contract 
assets
2020
£’000

Contract 
liabilities
2021
£’000

Contract 
liabilities
2020
£’000

3,829

(11,096)

(10,156)

—
93

11,030
(756)

9,983
(655)

(491)

—

—

—

(11,286)

(10,268)

At 31 December 

5,460

3,431

(12,108)

(11,096)

Contract assets, including trade receivables, relate to services performed but do not have an unconditional right to payment and are 
disclosed within the Statement of financial position.

Contract liabilities relate to subscription, support and maintenance contracts invoiced with performance obligations yet to be satisfied 
and arise when the Group enters into a contract which results in cumulative payments received from customers at the Statement 
of Financial Position date which do not necessarily equal to the amount of revenue recognised on the contracts and relate to 
performance obligations yet to be satisfied. These are disclosed within trade and other payables.

Amounts due to be recognised in more than one year are £60,000 (2020: £66,000). Trade receivables included in the above as at 
1 January 2020 were £3,344,000. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables and contract assets. The Group has not provided for any impairment. See note 18 for further details.

5. Segment information 
The segmental disclosures reflect the analysis presented on a monthly basis to the chief operating decision maker of the business, 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors. 

In addition, the split of revenues and non-current assets by the UK and overseas have been included as they are specifically required 
by IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into the following reportable segments:

 ▪ Clareti Solutions – supply of solutions predominantly to the finance and banking markets across Asia Pacific, EMEA and North 

America. Includes both software and services that can be accessed in the cloud, on-premise or deployed into hybrid environments. 
These primary offerings within this segment include:

 – Clareti Control products (which now includes the acquired Electra ‘Reconciliation’ products)

 – Clareti Connect products (which now includes the acquired Electra products except for ‘Reconciliation’)

 ▪ Other Solutions – supply of a range of well-established solutions to enterprise-level customers in a variety of end markets

 ▪ Contracting Services – Supply of IT contracting services to one banking customer 

Transfer prices between segments are set on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. 
Segment revenue, segment expense and segment result include transfers between business segments. Those transfers are eliminated 
on consolidation.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

79

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. Segment information continued

2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Gross profit %
Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting items:
Exceptional costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Adjusting administrative expenses

Operating profit 
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation 
Taxation

Loss after taxation 

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets

Adjusted EBITDA
Development costs capitalised
Principal paid on lease liabilities

Adjusted cash EBITDA

Segment assets 
Segment liabilities

Notes

4

5
14
23

9
9

10

14
13
16

14
16

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

25,470
(3,978)

21,492

84%
(20,996)

496

Other

 Solutions
£’000

5,222
(2,338)

2,884

55%
(150)

2,734

Contracting
Services
£’000

Adjustments,
 central overheads
 and elimination
£’000

Consolidated 
£’000

6,334
(5,483)

851

13%
—

851

—
—

—

—

—

(1,491)
(1,673)
(369)

(3,533)

37,026
(11,799)

25,227

68%
(21,146)

4,081

(1,491)
(1,673)
(369)

(3,533)

548
4
(121)

431
(1,443)

(1,012)

4,081
2,369
175
581

7,206
(4,105)
(590)

2,511

81,594
(35,713)

80 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued5. Segment information continued

2020 (restated)

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit after contracting fully costed

Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit

Adjusting items:
Exceptional costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Adjusting administrative expenses

Operating profit 
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit after taxation

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Bank charges

Adjusted EBITDA 
Development costs capitalised
Principal paid on lease liabilities 

Adjusted cash EBITDA

Segment assets 
Segment liabilities

Notes

4

5
14
23

9
9

10

14
13
16
9

14
16

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

15,453
(1,126)

14,327
93%
(15,752)

(1,425)

Other

 Solutions
£’000

4,395
(1,605)

2,790
63%
(159)

2,631

Contracting
Services
£’000

4,904
(4,272)

632
13%
—

632

Adjustments, 
central
overheads and
elimination
£’000

—
—

—

—

—

(400)
(893)
(220)

Consolidated 
£’000

24,752
(7,003)

17,749
72%
(15,911)

1,838

(400)
(893)
(220)

(1,513)

(1,513)

325
37
(54)

308
953

1,261

1,838
1,917
213
496
(13)

4,451
(3,561)
(576)

314

46,845 
(19,979)

The Group has a customer relationship with one banking customer which is considered by the Directors to be individually significant; 
revenue from this relationship exceeded 10% of the Group’s revenue, totalling £17,618,000 (2020: £11,388,000) which includes low-margin 
contracting revenue of £8,442,000 (2020: £5,115,000).

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

81

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Segment information continued
Adjusting administrative items 
Operating performance is analysed excluding exceptional items, share-based payment charges and amortisation from acquired 
intangibles which is consistent in with the way in which the Board and most stakeholders review the financial performance of the 
Group. These adjusting items are all either non-cash or non-recurring IFRS expenses (or income) that do not reflect the underlying 
performance of the business. In the case of share-based payment charges, management acknowledge that these awards are 
potentially paid ‘in-lieu’ of cash salary or bonuses and therefore there is a value to these. However, the IFRS valuation methodology 
applied to these charges does not represent a cash cost to the business or a value that is representative of any the actual cost to 
the Company, its shareholders or any other Group stakeholder, nor is it representative of the ultimate value to the award beneficiary. 
Adjusting for these items is also consistent with the manner in which similar small and mid cap LSE (or AIM) listed present their 
results and how we understand the investment community to assess performance, where, for growth shares the recurring cash 
performance of the business is considered most important. In addition, these adjustments are also aligned with the performance 
methodology used by the panel of debt providers that tendered for the revolving credit facility established during the year in order 
to assess and continually monitor credit worthiness, risk and upon which covenants are set. 

The adjusting administrative items are:

Acquisition and associated integration costs
Advisory fees for new share option scheme
Exceptional costs
Exceptional income

Total exceptional items

Amortisation on acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Total adjusting administrative items

2021
£’000

1,814
7
1,821
(330)

1,491

1,673
369

3,533

2020
£’000

423
33
456
(56)

400

893
220

1,513

During the year the Group incurred £1,814,000 (2020: £423,000) exceptional costs relating to legal, due diligence and professional fees 
for the acquisition of Electra Information Systems and associated integration costs.

Exceptional legal and tax advisory costs were incurred in the year of £7,000 (2020: £33,000) associated with implementation of a new 
ten-year share option incentive scheme. These costs are not expected to occur for a further ten years.

Exceptional income of £330,000 was recognised in the year on realising a gain on the completion of a contract to forward purchase 
US dollars. The contract was entered into to minimise the currency risk on the acquisition of Electra Information Systems. £56,000 
was received during 2020 following an initiative by the Australian Government to support businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic. 
This income has been treated as exceptional as it is non-recurring.

Due to the amount and nature of amortisation of acquired intangibles and share-based payments both costs were treated as an 
adjusting administrative item. 

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA is disclosed within the financial statements to show the underlying performance of the group on a consistent basis 
and to aid understanding of the financial performance during the year.

Profit before taxation

Adjusting items:
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of right-to-use assets
Notional interest on lease liabilities
Finance revenue
Interest payable

EBITDA
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Adjusted EBITDA

Notes

14
13
16
9
9
9

5
23

2021
£’000

431

4,042
175
581
43
(4)
78

5,346
1,491
369

7,206

2020
£’000

308

2,810
213
496
38
(37)
3

3,831
400
220

4,451

Adjusted EBITDA is not an IFRS measure or not considered to be a substitute for or superior to any IFRS measures. It is not directly 
comparable to other companies.

82 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
5. Segment information continued
Geographic information

Revenues from external customers (by destination)
UK
EMEA
United States
Americas
Australia
Asia Pacific

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

5,998
3,151
9,096
517
17,738
526

37,026

6,719
2,593
3,038
494
11,413
495

24,752

EMEA includes revenue from external customers located primarily in the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Germany, Belgium and South Africa. 
Asia Pacific includes revenue from external customers located primarily in Malaysia and Singapore.

Non-current assets
UK
EMEA
North America
Asia Pacific

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

62,777
448
396
562

64,183

32,269
588
9
683

33,549

Non-current assets consist of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, intangible assets and deferred tax assets.

6. Group operating profit
The Group operating profit is stated after charging:

Research and development costs written off
Amortisation of deferred development costs recognised in administration expenses

Total research and development costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right to use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding development costs)

Total depreciation, impairment and amortisation expense

Employee benefit expenses
Net foreign currency differences losses/(gains)

Notes

14

13
16
14

8

2021
£’000

1,721
2,326

4,047

175
581
1,716

2,472

20,521
69

2020
£’000

1,049
1,863

2,912

245
496
947

1,688

16,641
(7)

7. Auditor’s remuneration
The Group paid the following amounts to its auditor in respect of the audit of the financial statements and for other services provided 
to the Group.

Audit fees
Audit of the Group financial statements and associated company
Other fees to the auditor 
– Auditing the accounts of subsidiaries
– Audit of acquisition

Non-audit fees
Accountants report on historical financial information
Audit of bank covenant certificates

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

29

111
14

154

160
6

166

27

84 
10

121 

—
—

— 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS8. Staff costs and Directors’ emoluments
The following disclosures in respect of the consolidated income statement items are presented in respect of continuing operations only, 
with comparatives restated where appropriate to exclude discontinuing operations from these disclosures.

Staff and Director costs 

31 December 2021

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

31 December 2020

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Income 
statement
£’000

13,120
833
581

14,534

 Capitalised
development 
costs
£’000

Total excluding 
contracting
£’000

Contracting 
costs expensed
£’000

3,031
246
109

3,386

16,151
1,079
690

17,920

2,250
131
220

2,601

Income 
statement
£’000

 Capitalised
development
£’000

Total excluding 
contracting
£’000

Contracting 
costs expensed
£’000

9,129
724
434

10,287

2,836
299
77

3,212

11,965
1,023
511

13,499

2,703
182
257

3,142

Total
£’000

18,401
1,210
910

20,521

Total
£’000

14,668
1,205
768

16,641

Included in wages and salaries is a total expense of share-based payments of £369,000 (2020: £220,000) all of which arises from 
transactions accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Management
Sales and administration
Technical

Total

Contracting services

Details of Directors’ compensation are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

9. Finance revenue and costs

Finance revenue
Bank interest receivable

Finance costs
Notional interest on lease liabilities
Other interest payable
Other bank charges

Total finance costs

2021

12
42
128

182

33

2020

11
32
107

150

20

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

4

43
1
77

121

37

38
3
13

54

84 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
10. Taxation
Tax on profit on ordinary activities
Tax charge in the income statement

Current income tax
Overseas tax credit – adjustment to previous years
Overseas tax charge – current year
UK corporation tax credit – adjustment to previous years

Total current income tax

Deferred income tax
Movement in net deferred tax asset
Tax rate change adjustments

Total deferred income tax

Total charge/(credit) in the income statement

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

(93)
1,118
(1,045)

(20)

1,231
232

1,463

1,443

(124)
599
(1,307)

(832)

(202)
81

(121)

(953)

Reconciliation of the total tax charge 
The tax charge in the income statement for the year is higher (2020: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.0% 
(2020: 19.0%). The differences are reconciled below:

Profit before taxation
Profit before taxation multiplied by the UK standard rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2020: 19.0%)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Differences in tax rates
Overseas tax credit – adjustment to previous years
Research and development credit – adjustment to previous year
Research and development enhanced relief
Movement in unrecognised losses carried forward
Recognition of deferred tax liability on the inter-group sale of intellectual property
Movement in unrecognised temporary differences
Movement in unrecognised fixed asset temporary differences
Temporary difference on share-based payments
Temporary movement on acquired intangibles
Tax rate change adjustments

Total tax charge/(credit) reported in the income statement

2021
£’000

431
82
288
785
(93)
(1,045)
(1,703)
1,371
1,398
254
253
(61)
(318)
232

1,443

2020
£’000

308
59
137
168
(124)
(1,307)
(1,424)
1,359
—
211
(16)
73
(170)
81

(953)

Unrecognised tax losses
The Group has tax losses that are available indefinitely for offset against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses 
arose as analysed below. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses as they may not be used to offset 
taxable profits elsewhere in the Group and they have arisen in subsidiaries that have been loss making for some time.

The tax effect of exchange differences recorded within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is a credit of £35,000 
(2020: £21,000).

Temporary differences associated with Group investments
At 31 December 2021, there was no recognised deferred tax liability (2020: £nil) for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted 
earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries as the Group has determined that undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be 
distributed in the foreseeable future.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

85

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
10. Taxation continued
Deferred tax 
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

2021

1 January
Movement in the period: 
– Tax losses
– Employee share award schemes
– Qualifying research and development expenditure
– Fixed asset timing differences
– Acquired intangibles
– Inter-group sale of intellectual property
Acquisition of intangibles in subsidiaries
Impact of change in tax rate

31 December 

2020

1 January
Movement in the period: 
– Tax losses
– Employee share award schemes
– Qualifying research and development expenditure
– Fixed asset timing differences
– Acquired intangibles
Acquisition of intangibles in subsidiaries
Impact of change in tax rate

31 December 

Comprising: 
Asset

Tax losses
Employee share award schemes
Qualifying research and development expenditure
Fixed asset timing differences

31 December 

Liability

Inter-group sale of intellectual property
Acquired intangibles

31 December 

Unrecognised potential deferred tax assets
The deferred tax not recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position is as follows: 

Gresham Technologies (Luxembourg) S.A.
Gresham Technologies (Holdings) SARL
Inforalgo Information Technology Limited
Gresham Technologies (Singapore) Limited
Gresham Technologies (TDI) Limited

Tax losses

Gross tax losses unrecognised

86 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

Asset
£’000

552

(24)
119
(494)
(96)
—
—
—
175

232

Asset
£’000

489

411
(219)
(513)
353
—
—
31

552

Liability
£’000

(1,289)

—
—
—
—
318
(1,398)
(4,055)
(407)

(6,831)

Liability
£’000

(952)

—
—
—
—
170
(395)
(112)

(1,289)

2021
£’000

3,639
310
(4,545)
828

232

2021
£’000

(1,398)
(5,433)

(6,831)

2021
£’000

816
103
243
125
116

1,403

5,857

Net
£’000

(737)

(24)
119
(494)
(96)
318
(1,398)
(4,055)
(232)

(6,599)

Net
£’000

(463)

154
(262)
(211)
351
170
(395)
(81)

(737)

2020
£’000

2,784
145
(3,079)
702

552

2020
£’000

—
(1,289)

(1,289)

2020
£’000

429
604
205
129
91

1,458

6,459

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued10. Taxation continued
Deferred tax continued
Future tax rates
The main UK corporation tax rate is due to increase to 25% from 1 April 2023 as substantively enacted by the Finance Act 2021. 
Therefore, the rate used to calculate deferred tax balances at 31 December 2021 has increased from 19% to 25%. 

The Group’s recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets in the UK, Luxembourg, Australian and US subsidiaries have been shown 
at the rates in the following table, being the substantively enacted rates in these countries.

UK
Luxembourg
Australia
US

2021
%

25
25
30
27

2020
%

19
25
30
27

11. Earnings
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit or loss for the year attributable to owners of the Parent by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit or loss attributable to owners of the Parent by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be 
issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares except when such dilutive instruments would 
reduce the loss per share.

The following reflects the earnings and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

Basic weighted average number of shares
Employee share options – weighted (note 23)

Diluted weighted average number of shares

Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the Parent
Adjusting items:
Exceptional items
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Deferred tax charge on inter-group sale of intellectual property
Share-based payments

Statutory earnings attributable to owners of the Parent

Earnings per share 

Statutory

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 

Notes

5
14
10
23

2021

2020

77,132,796
890,100

68,697,828
1,414,549

78,022,896

70,112,377

2021
£’000

3,919

(1,491)
(1,673)
(1,398)
(369)

(1,012)

Pence

(1.31)
(1.31)

5.08
5.02

 2020
£’000

2,774

(400)
(893)
—
(220)

1,261

Pence

1.84
1.80

4.04
3.96

During the year ended 31 December 2021, share options granted under share option schemes were exercised and the Group issued 
83,000 (2020: 1,900,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 for further details.

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). 
See note 22 for further details.

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date 
of completion of this Annual Financial Report 2021.

12. Dividends paid and proposed
The final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 was approved at the Company Annual General Meeting on 10 May 2021 
and paid on 20 May 2021 of 0.75 pence per share, equating to a total of £522,000. The Company will be proposing a final dividend 
for approval at the AGM for the year ended 31 December 2021 of 0.75 pence per share. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

87

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

756
1
—
—

(12)

745

(691)
(43)
—
11

(723)

22
65

1,009
144
9
(83)

(6)

1,073

(831)
(132)
83
3

(877)

196
178

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

733
5
7
—

11

756

(609)
(71)
—
(11)

(691)

65
124

1,076
82
7
(156)

—

1,009

(813)
(174)
156
—

(831)

178
263

Total
£’000

1,765
145
9
(83)

(18)

1,818

(1,522)
(175)
83
14

(1,600)

218
243

Total
£’000

1,809
87
14
(156)

11

1,765

(1,422)
(245)
156
(11)

(1,522)

243
387

13. Property, plant and equipment

2021

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Additions acquired as part of a business combination
Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2020

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Additions acquired as part of a business combination
Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

88 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Intangible assets

2021

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

At 31 December 

Amortisation and impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for year 
Eliminated on disposal 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2020

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

At 31 December 

Amortisation and impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for year 
Eliminated on disposal 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

Separately identified intangibles 
on acquisition 

Development 
costs
£’000 

Patents and 
licences
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships
£’000 

Goodwill
£’000 

Total
£’000 

26,996
4,105
—
(29)

31,072

(8,117)
(2,326)
—
65

(10,378)

20,694
18,879

832
45
(6)
(13)

858

(739)
(43)
6
13

(763)

95
93

7,161
4,959
—
—

12,120

(2,141)
(964)
—
—

(3,105)

2,410
11,800
—
—

14,210

(669)
(709)
—
—

(1,378)

5,625
14,279
—
(56)

19,848

(250)
—
—
33

(217)

43,024
35,188
(6)
(98)

78,108

(11,916)
(4,042)
6
111

(15,841)

9,015
5,020

12,832
1,741

19,631
5,375

62,267
31,108

Separately identified intangibles 
on acquisition 

Development 
costs
£’000 

Patents and 
licences
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships
£’000 

Goodwill
£’000 

Total
£’000 

23,345
3,561
—
90

26,996

(6,182)
(1,863)
—
(72)

(8,117)

18,879
17,163

872
4
(44)
—

832

(729)
(54)
44
—

(739)

93
143

6,275
886
—
—

7,161

(1,477)
(664)
—
—

(2,141)

5,020
4,798

1,218
1,192
—
—

2,410

(440)
(229)
—
—

(669)

2,943
2,656
—
26

5,625

(250)
—
—
—

(250)

34,653
8,299
(44)
116

43,024

(9,078)
(2,810)
44
(72)

(11,916)

1,741
778

5,375
2,693

31,108
25,575

Development costs
Development costs are internally generated and are capitalised at cost. These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite 
life and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of two to eleven years. These assets are tested for impairment 
where an indicator of impairment arises and annually prior to them being made available for use.

For the years ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 the Group has capitalised development costs in respect of individual 
Clareti applications which have been individually assessed against the required capitalisation criteria and been individually assigned 
useful economic lives reflecting the maturity and availability of comparable applications in our markets. These useful economic lives 
are assessed to be between two and eleven years.

No changes have been made to development costs capitalised in prior years in respect of the Clareti platform, which continue 
to be amortised on a systematic basis over the existing useful economic life of eleven years.

Patents and licences
Patents and licences are the third party costs incurred in seeking and obtaining protection for certain of the Group’s products and 
services. These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite life and are being amortised evenly over their useful economic 
life, to a maximum of ten years. Patents have a remaining life of three years and licences have a remaining life of one to ten years.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

89

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
14. Intangible assets continued
Separately identified acquired intangibles 
Separately identified intangibles acquired through business combinations represent software and customer relationships which 
arose through the acquisitions of C24 Technologies Limited, B2 Group, Inforalgo and Electra Information Systems.

Software is amortised over its useful economic life, which is deemed to be ten years.

Customer relationships acquired in the year are amortised over their useful economic life, which is deemed to be twelve years 
for the Electra acquisition, eight years for the Inforalgo and C24 Technologies Limited acquisitions and six years for B2 Group.

Goodwill
Goodwill arose on the acquisition of our Asia Pacific real-time financial solutions business, C24 Technologies Limited, B2 Group, 
Inforalgo and Electra Information Systems. It is assessed as having an indefinite life and is assessed for impairment at least annually. 

15. Impairment of goodwill and intangibles
Goodwill 
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to one individual cash-generating unit (“CGU”), the lowest level 
at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, for impairment testing.

Carrying amount of goodwill

Clareti Solutions CGU

2021
£’000

19,631

2020
£’000

5,375

Development costs (finite life)
Development costs are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis prior to being made available for use, or sooner where an 
indicator of impairment exists. The following table summarises the net book value of development costs:

Clareti Solutions CGU

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

20,694

18,879

Clareti Solutions cash-generating unit
The recoverable amount of this CGU has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation. The cash flow projections are based 
on the 2022 financial budget, as approved by the Board, which are extrapolated for five years and extended beyond five years using a 
long-term growth rate. The Board considers this approach appropriate given the long-term opportunities that exist in the Asia Pacific, 
EMEA and North American regions. The impact of COVID-19 on financial budgets and projections has been considered by the Board 
with any appropriate adjustments reflected. 

The discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 15% (2020: 15%) and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated 
using a 2% growth rate (2020: 2%) that is a prudent approximation to the long-term average growth rate for the region in which 
the CGU operates. The recoverable amount of the Clareti Solutions CGU supports the value of goodwill on the statement of 
financial position.

Key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations
Key assumptions are made by management based on past experience taking into account external sources of information around 
gross margins, growth rates and discount rates for similar businesses.

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to assumptions around:

 ▪ operating cash flows, based on financial budgets for 2022 approved by the Board;

 ▪ growth rates, based on internally estimated growth rates for the market and business offerings; and

 ▪ the discount rate, based on the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the Group.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
A change in our key assumption in respect of operating cash flows could cause the carrying value of the goodwill or development 
costs to exceed the recoverable amount, resulting in an impairment charge.

If any one of the following changes were made to the above key assumptions, the carrying amount and recoverable amount 
would be equal.

Pre-tax discount rate 

Increase from 15% to 23%

Growth rate beyond year 5 

Reduction from 2% to -15%

Revenue growth  

Reduction from 18% average over five years to 8% average

We are confident the assumptions in respect of operating cash flows remain appropriate. Where the operating cash flows incorporate 
products or solutions that will be sold in an existing known market, past experience is used as a guide to the level of sales achievable, 
growth rates and associated margins. Where the operating cash flows relate to products or solutions that will be sold into a new or 
emerging market, past experience with similar products or solutions is combined with relevant information from external market 
sources, such as competitor pricing and discussions with potential customers, in arriving at the level of sales achievable, growth rates 
and associated margins.

90 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued16. Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets or leases 
with a duration of twelve months or less. The expense relating to short-term leases of twelve months or less was £nil (2020: £nil). 
The Group held no low value asset leases.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of lease liability reduced for any lease incentives received and increased 
for initial direct costs incurred and any provision contractually required. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
the period of the lease.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term with the 
discount rate determined by reference to the interest rate inherent in the lease and where that is not readily determinable the 
incremental borrowing rate, 3.1%. Subsequent to the initial measurement lease liabilities are increased as a result of interest charged 
and reduced for lease payments made.

The Group leases a number of office buildings where payments are fixed until the contracts expire. The Group also leases motor vehicles 
where payments can be increased if actual mileage is higher than the contracted rates.

Right‑of‑use assets

2021

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Acquisition
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Amortisation
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2020

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Acquisition
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Amortisation
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

Property
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

3,183
232
293
(810)
(52)

2,846

(1,570)
(556)
704
38

(1,384)

1,462
1,613

Property
£’000

2,283
659
193
—
48

3,183

(1,075)
(466)
—
(29)

(1,570)

1,613
1,208

99
—
—
(31)
(6)

62

(66)
(25)
31
2

(58)

4
33

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

146
5
—
(60)
8

99

(62)
(30)
30
(4)

(66)

33
84

Total
£’000

3,282
232
293
(841)
(58)

2,908

(1,636)
(581)
735
40

(1,442)

1,466
1,646

Total
£’000

2,429
664
193
(60)
56

3,282

(1,137)
(496)
30
(33)

(1,636)

1,646
1,292

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS16. Leases continued
Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2021
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Acquisitions
Interest expense
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2021

At 1 January 2020
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Acquisitions
Interest expense
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2020

Due between 0–3 months
Due between 3–12 months

Due less than one year
Due more than one year

Lease liabilities

Land and 
buildings
£’000

1,510

(566)

125
306
42
(11)

1,406

1,161

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

29

(24)

—
—
1
—

6

84

Total
£’000

1,539

(590)

125
306
43
(11)

1,412

1,245

(516)

(60)

(576)

623
193
36
13

1,510

—
—
2
3

29

2021
£’000

161
481

642
770

1,412

623
193
38
16

1,539

2020
£’000

133
402

535
1,004

1,539

92 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued17. Investments
Details of Group undertakings
Details of the investments in which the Group holds 20% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are as follows:

Name of subsidiary company

Registered address

Gresham Technologies (UK) Limited
Gresham Technologies (Solutions) Limited
C24 Technologies Limited(4)
Gresham Technologies (Australia) Pty Limited(3) Level 6, 1 Pacific Highway, 

Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England

Gresham Technologies (TDI) Limited(1,4) 
Gresham Technologies (Malaysia) SDN BHD(1)

North Sydney, Australia
Aldermary House, London, England
Level 7, Menara Milenium, Jalan 
Damanlela, Malaysia

Holding
(shares)

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary

Proportion of
voting rights
and shares held

Nature of business

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions

Gresham Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Limited 138 Cecil Street, Cecil Court, 

Ordinary

100% Software solutions

Singapore
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Gresham Technologies (US) Inc(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Gresham Enterprise Storage Inc(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Electra Information Services Inc(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Electra Solutions Inc.(1,3)
Electra Information Services Limited(1,4)
Aldermary House, London, England
Gresham Technologies (International) Limited(4) Aldermary House, London, England
Gresham Technologies (Holdings) SARL

Gresham Technologies (Luxembourg) S.A.(1)

GMS Loan Technologies Limited(4)
Inforalgo Information Technology Limited(4)
Gresham Consultancy Services Limited(2)
Gresham Tech Limited(2)
Gresham Telecomputing Limited(2)
Circa Business Systems Limited(2)
Cheerkeep Limited(2)

6E route de Treves, L-2633, 
Luxembourg
6E route de Treves, L-2633, 
Luxembourg
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England

(1) Held by a subsidiary undertaking.

(2) Subsidiary exempt from UK audit under section 480a of the Companies Act 2006.

(3) Subsidiary has no requirement for a local statutory audit.

(4) Subsidiary exempt from UK audit under section 479a of the Companies Act 2006.

18. Current assets

Trade receivables
Prepayments
Other receivables

Trade and other receivables

Accrued income
Prepaid commission

Contract assets

Income tax receivable

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Holding company
100% Holding company

Ordinary

100% Software solutions

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%

2021
£’000

3,795
1,032
576

5,403

1,234
431

1,665

2020
£’000

2,508
796
193

3,497

447
476

923

1,204

— 

Income tax receivable includes £1,045,000 for a research and development credit expected relating to the surrender of tax losses 
for the year ending 31 December 2020.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS18. Current assets continued
Trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
Singapore Dollar
Canadian Dollar
Australian Dollar
Malaysian Ringgit

Total trade receivables

2021
£’000

342
740
2,009
—
10
531
163

3,795

2020
£’000

473
287
1,036
85
—
393
234

2,508

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 to 60 day terms and are shown net of a provision for impairment.

At 31 December, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

2021

2020

Total
£’000

3,795

2,508

Due not 
impaired
£’000

1,774

1,462

Past due but not impaired

<30 days
£’000

30–60 days
£’000

60–90 days
£’000

90–120 days
£’000

>120 days
£’000

1,625

601

122

—

28

445

47

—

199

—

The Group’s customers primarily comprise national and international banks, Government bodies and substantial private and public 
companies. As a result, the credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired has been assessed by the 
Directors to be relatively high, taking account of a low historical experience of bad debts and relatively good ageing profiles.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and 
contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade 
receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three year period prior to the period 
end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
Group’s customers, such factors include but are not limited to gross domestic product (“GDP”), unemployment rate and inflation rates. 
The Group does not anticipate any expected losses and therefore have not provided for any impairment.

19. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand

2021
£’000

9,139

2020
£’000

8,876

Cash at bank earns interest at both fixed-term rates and floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are 
made for varying periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and 
earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is the same as stated above. 

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flow, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash at bank and in hand 
and short-term deposits.

94 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued20. Trade, other payables, provisions and financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Trade payables, other payables and contract liabilities are non-interest bearing.

Current

Trade payables
Other payables
Contract liabilities

Income tax payable

Non-current

Contract liabilities

Provisions

At 1 January 
– Current
– Non-current

Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 
– Current
– Non-current

2021
£’000

1,059
6,509
12,048

19,616

2020
£’000

934
3,339
11,030

15,303

2021
£’000

131

2021
£’000

60

2021
£’000

—
146

146

(2)

—
144

144

2020
£’000

378 

2020
£’000

66

2020
£’000

—
144

144

2

—
146

146

The provisions relate to the Group’s property portfolio and the resulting lease liabilities, comprising end-of-lease dilapidation costs 
and empty property costs. 

Contingent consideration

At 1 January
– Current
– Non-current

Payments made during the year
Increase in contingent consideration arising on the acquisition of Inforalgo
Arising on the acquisition of Inforalgo
Arising on the acquisition of Electra
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December

– Current
– Non-current

2021
£’000

909
349

1,258

(923)
34
—
6,938
212

7,519

3,944
3,575

7,519

2020
£’000

—
—

—

—
—
1,258
—
—

1,258

909
349

1,258

21. Financial instruments
The Group is exposed through its operations to credit risk, interest rate risk, capital risk, liquidity risk and currency risk.

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these 
risks is presented throughout these financial statements. There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial 
instrument risks, its objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous 
periods unless otherwise stated in this note.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

95

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
21. Financial instruments continued
Categories of financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is an analysis by category of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are carried in the financial statements 
(there is no material difference between the carrying amounts and fair values):

2021

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Contingent consideration
Other payables

2020

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Contingent consideration
Other payables

Fair value
through
profit and loss
£’000

—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

Fair value
through
profit and loss
£’000

—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

Amortised
cost 
£’000

3,795
1,665
9,139

Total
carrying
amount
£’000

3,795
1,665
9,139

14,599

14,599

1,059
7,519
6,509

1,059
7,519
6,509

15,087

15,087

Amortised
cost 
£’000

2,508
923
8,876

Total
carrying
amount
£’000

2,508
923
8,876

12,307

12,307

934
1,258
3,339

5,531

934
1,258
3,339

5,531

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and 
contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade 
receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three-year period prior to the period 
end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting 
the Group’s customers. 

As at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 the Group held no foreign exchange instruments. 

Objectives, policies and strategies
The Group’s objective is to finance the business through management of existing liquidity, focusing on working capital acceleration 
to cash and converting illiquid assets to liquid assets and, ultimately, cash. Investments in non-current assets have been made 
with the benefit of research and development tax credits taken as cash.

The Group’s policy towards using financial instruments is to manage credit, liquidity and currency exposure risk without exposing 
the Group to undue risk or speculation. The policy is kept under review by the Directors according to the Group’s foreign exchange 
and treasury policy.

Risk management
The risks arising from the Group’s operations and financial instruments are explained below.

Credit management
The Group monitors exposure to credit risk on an ongoing basis. The risk of financial loss due to a counterparty failure to honour 
its obligations arises principally in relation to transactions where the Group provides solutions and services on deferred terms 
and where it invests or deposits surplus cash.

Group policies are aimed at minimising such losses, and require that deferred terms are granted only to customers who demonstrate 
an appropriate payment history and satisfy creditworthiness procedures. Individual exposures are monitored with customers subject 
to credit limits to ensure that the Group’s exposure to provisions for bad debts is not significant. Solutions and services may be sold 
on a cash-with-order basis to mitigate credit risk. Bad debt provision insurance is not carried. 

Performance of individual businesses is monitored at both operating unit and Group level allowing the early identification of major risks 
and reducing the likelihood of an unmanaged concentration of credit risk.

96 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Financial instruments continued
Credit management continued
Cash investments are only allowed in liquid securities with major financial institutions that satisfy specific criteria. The maximum 
credit risk exposure at the statement of financial position date is represented by the carrying value of financial assets. There are no 
significant concentrations of credit risk.

Interest rate risk
The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk since it has no bank borrowings and interest receivable on cash deposits does 
not form a material part of Group income.

Capital risk
The Group defines its capital as the Group’s total equity and manages capital based on the level of net cash held. Its objective when 
managing capital is to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders, to 
provide an adequate return to investors based upon the level of risk undertaken, to have available the necessary financial resources to 
allow the Group to invest in areas that may deliver future benefit to investors and to maintain sufficient financial resources to mitigate 
risks and unforeseen events.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares or sell assets to provide additional capital.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s liquidity risk falls within the following main categories:

 ▪ Trade receivables – a significant element of the Group’s liquidity is tied up in working capital, which primarily comprises trade 

receivables. The settlement risk associated with these assets comprises both credit risk (the risk that the counterparty will not 
settle at all) and liquidity risk (the risk that the counterparty will not settle on time).

 ▪ Non-current assets – a significant element of the Group’s liquidity is tied up in intangible and tangible fixed assets. For those 

assets required in the business for day to day operations, the Group considers the use of finance lease arrangements to reduce 
the amount of liquidity tied up in such assets. The Group keeps its investment in fixed assets under review and actively considers 
converting such assets to more liquid assets. 

 ▪ Other payables – the Group’s liquidity depends on the ability to fund future operating activities, the Group believes that there is 

sufficient cash reserves to cover any short and long-term requirements.

 ▪ Currency risk – this risk is discussed below. 

The table below summarises the remaining contractual maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities, based on contractual 
undiscounted payments:

2021

Trade payables
Other payables
Contingent consideration
Lease liabilities

2020

Trade payables
Other payables
Contingent consideration
Lease liabilities

Between 
0 and 
3 months
£’000

Between 
3 and 
12 months
£’000

1,059
5,638
369
161

7,227

—
871
3,575
481

4,927

Between 
0 and 
3 months
£’000

Between 
3 and 
12 months
£’000

934
2,715
—
133

3,782

—
—
909
402

1,311

Between
1 and 2
years
£’000

—
—
3,575
394

3,969

Between
1 and 2
years
£’000

—
—
349
506

855

Between
2 and 5
years
£’000

—
—
—
376

376

Between
2 and 5
years
£’000

—
—
—
498

498

All current liabilities are expected to fall due within one year of the statement of financial position date at their carrying amount.

The Group monitors and controls liquidity through the following key controls:

 ▪ weekly cash and overdue trade receivables are reported to the Executive Board; 

 ▪ cash forecasts are maintained;

 ▪ foreign exchange risks are hedged where significant; and

 ▪ credit control is operated locally with Group oversight.

Where appropriate, discounts are offered for early payment by customers and finance lease and deferred payment arrangements 
are considered to retain or improve liquidity.

In June 2021 the Group arranged a $10m revolving credit facility with the Bank of Ireland, this facility has not been used during 
the period and there was no outstanding liability as at 31 December 2021.

Liquidity risk is not considered as a significant risk to the Group.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

97

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
21. Financial instruments continued
Currency risk
The Group has significant exposures to the following currencies: US Dollar, Australian Dollar, Euro, Malaysian Ringgit, Singapore Dollar 
and South African Rand.

Currency exposure arises through intra-group loans and trading balances throughout all Group locations. Natural hedging is employed, 
to the extent possible, to minimise net exposures; however, where significant exposures arise outside of intra-group trading, it is Group 
policy to enter into formal hedging arrangements where these can be shown to be effective. 

At 31 December 2021, the Group had no foreign currency forward contracts (2020: none).

Currency exposures comprise the monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the functional 
currency of the operating unit involved. In general, all overseas operating units trade and hold assets and liabilities in their 
functional currency.

An analysis of trade receivables by currency is included in note 18.

Sensitivities
The following table details the Group’s sensitivities to a change in Sterling exchange rates against the respective foreign currencies. The 
sensitivities represent management’s assessment of the effect on monetary assets of the possible changes in foreign exchange rates, 
which for 2021 and 2020 take account of the potential fluctuations seen in the most recent periods. The sensitivity analysis of the 
Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the year end has been determined based on the assumption that the change is effective 
throughout the financial year and all other variables remain constant. The impact of translating the net assets of foreign operations 
into Sterling is excluded from the sensitivity analysis. 

A positive number indicates an increase in profit after taxation and other components of equity where Sterling weakens against the 
respective currencies.

2021

Euro

Australian Dollar

US Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Singapore Dollar

South African Rand

2020

Euro

Australian Dollar

US Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Singapore Dollar

South African Rand

Net foreign currency
financial assets
£’000

Increase/decrease
in exchange rates

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

1,000

4,723

4,492

285

31

24

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

 +20%
-20%

(167)
250

(787)
1,181

(749)
1,123

(48)
71

(5)
8

(4)
6

Net foreign currency
financial assets
£’000

Increase/decrease
in exchange rates

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

397

4,168

3,716

310

112

26

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

 +20%
-20%

(66)
99

(695)
1,042

(619)
929

(52)
77

(19)
28

(4)
7

The Group has no material exposure to interest rate sensitivities; however, in addition to the year-end risk quantified we remain 
susceptible to the changes on foreign exchange rates on our future currency cash inflows and outflows which although are notable, 
are mitigated through the use of forward exchange contracts from time to time and are not anticipated to materially affect the 
earnings in the future periods.

98 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued22. Issued share capital
Ordinary shares allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2020
Exercise of share options (note 23)

At 31 December 2020
Exercise of share options (note 23)
Issue of new shares

At 31 December 2021

Number

68,256,458
1,900,000

70,156,458
83,000
13,125,000

83,364,458

Nominal value
£’000

3,413 
95

3,508
4
656

4,168

The Company’s ordinary share capital consists of individual shares having a nominal value of 5 pence each.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, share options granted under share option schemes were exercised at a price of 28.05 pence 
and the Group issued 83,000 (2020: 1,900,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). Share 
premium of £61,000 was recognised as a result.

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). 
Share premium of £19,474,000 was recognised as a result after deduction of £870,000 directly attributable expenses.

At 31 December 2021 and 2020 there were outstanding options granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. See note 23 
for further details.

There are no preference shares in issue (2020: none).

An explanation of the Group’s capital management process and objectives is set out in the discussion of capital management 
in the Strategic Report and capital risk disclosures in note 21.

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)

At 1 January 2020
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2020
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2021

£’000

945
(167)

778
(169)

609

Number

976,596
(144,996)

831,600
(202,292)

629,308

The shares held by the ESOT are expected to be issued under share option contracts. The shares are held at the average purchase price.

23. Share‑based payments 
The following disclosures are in respect of both the Company and the Group.

The grant of all options and awards is made by the remuneration committee and such grants involve equity settlement. In granting 
executive share options the remuneration committee has regard to both the participant’s level of responsibility within the Group and 
to individual and Group performance. 

Share Option Schemes 
The Share Option Schemes 2010 were approved by shareholders on 30 December 2010, with amendments subsequently approved by 
shareholders on May 2012 and February 2015. The scheme was created for a ten year period and expired in December 2020 replaced 
by the Share Option Scheme 2020. 

No share options have been granted under the 2010 scheme during the year and no options will be granted in the future. The 2010 
schemes consisted of:

 ▪ the Gresham Technologies plc Enterprise Management (“EMI”) Incentive Plan 2010;

 ▪ the Gresham Technologies plc Unapproved Share Option Plan 2010; and

 ▪ the Gresham Technologies plc Non-Employee Share Option Plan 2010.

As its name implies, the EMI Plan operates as an enterprise management incentive scheme complying with the EMI Code and 
accordingly being entitled to certain beneficial tax treatment.

The Unapproved Plan enables the remuneration committee to grant share options in excess of the limits applicable under the 
EMI Code and/or to employees of the Group who do not qualify for EMI treatment.

The Non-Employee Plan enables the remuneration committee to grant share options to persons whose services are made available 
to the Group without an employment relationship.

The remuneration committee is responsible for administering the Share Option Schemes and may grant options to acquire ordinary 
shares to any employees and Directors of the Group, and retains discretion to impose exercise performance conditions as appropriate. 
Options are granted free of charge and are non-transferable. 

The exercise price per ordinary share is determined by the remuneration committee.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

99

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. Share‑based payments continued
Share Option Schemes continued 
Options may normally be exercised only on or after the third anniversary of the date of grant subject to completion of any relevant 
performance criteria, save to the extent that the remuneration committee in its discretion declares any other period for exercise and 
will lapse on cessation of such employment, save again to the extent the remuneration committee in its discretion allows it to remain 
exercisable for such period following the cessation as it may determine.

Exercise is permitted in conjunction with a takeover or similar transaction and in such circumstances the vesting period does not 
apply. In the event of a takeover, an option holder may, by agreement with the acquirer, exchange their options for options over shares 
in the acquiring Company. 

A new long-term incentive performance share plan, the 2020 share option scheme, was approved by shareholders in December 2020. 
The plan enables the remuneration committee to grant share options to key employees following the expiry of the Share Option Plan 
2010 on 29 December 2020. Any conditional share award is granted on an ad hoc discretionary basis at nil cost to the participant. The 
share award will vest on the later of a three year vesting period and the achievement of objective performance targets which will be 
specified by the remuneration committee.

950,500 (2020: nil) share options have been awarded in the year to 31 December 2021 under the 2020 share option scheme.

At 31 December 2021, 48 participants held awards under the share option schemes (2020: 19).

Outstanding options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2021, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

2021
Number

WAEP
(pence)

2020
Number

WAEP
(pence)

2,588,000
950,500
—
(83,000)

3,455,500

2,255,000

6.10

123
5
—
(79)

92

125

4,498,000
75,000
(85,000)
(1,900,000)

2,588,000

2,138,000

4.90

81
152
(61)
(28)

123

114

During the year 83,000 options were exercised during the period when the Company share price was between 152 pence and 161 pence.

No price is payable on award of share options.

Outstanding options and awards to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2021, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report showing the range of exercise prices and dates, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010

Number
of share
options

45,000 
225,000 
50,000 
1,500,000 
50,000 
140,000
45,000 
200,000
100,000

75,000
75,000

Date of
grant

15-Aug-12
01-Aug-13
07-Oct-13
01-Jun-15
21-Jun-16
20-Mar-17
28-Nov-17
14-Mar-18
28-Mar-19

25-Oct-19
24-Dec-20

Share Option Schemes 2020

950,500

21-Oct-21

3,455,500

Exercise
price
£

0.6850 
0.9630 
1.3230 
1.1057 
1.0945 
1.7352
2.1505
2.2715
0.9720

1.2210
1.5180

0.0500

Date first
exercisable

15-Aug-15
01-Aug-16
07-Oct-16
01-Jun-18
21-Jun-19
20-Mar-20
28-Nov-20
14-Mar-21
28-Mar-22

25-Oct-22
24-Dec-23

Expiry
date

15-Aug-22
01-Aug-23
07-Oct-23
01-Jun-25
21-Jun-26
20-Mar-27
28-Nov-27
14-Mar-28
28-Mar-29

25-Oct-29
24-Dec-30

Cash
receivable 
if exercised 
£

30,825 
216,675 
66,150 
1,658,550 
54,725 
242,928
96,773 
454,300
97,200

91,575
113,850

4,753

3,128,304 

100 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Share‑based payments continued
Share Option Schemes continued 
Outstanding options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2020, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report showing the range of exercise prices and dates, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010

Number
of share
options

38,000 
45,000 
270,000 
50,000 
1,500,000 
50,000 
140,000
45,000 
200,000
100,000
75,000
75,000

 2,588,000

Date of
grant

05-Aug-11
15-Aug-12
01-Aug-13
07-Oct-13
01-Jun-15
21-Jun-16
20-Mar-17
28-Nov-17
14-Mar-18
28-Mar-19
25-Oct-19
24-Dec-20

Exercise
price
£

0.5803 
0.6850 
0.9630 
1.3230 
1.1057 
1.0945 
1.7352
2.1505
2.2715
0.9720
1.2210
1.5180

Date first
exercisable

05-Aug-14
15-Aug-15
01-Aug-16
07-Oct-16
01-Jun-18
21-Jun-19
20-Mar-20
28-Nov-20
14-Mar-21
28-Mar-22
25-Oct-22
24-Dec-23

Expiry
date

05-Aug-21
15-Aug-22
01-Aug-23
07-Oct-23
01-Jun-25
21-Jun-26
20-Mar-27
28-Nov-27
14-Mar-28
28-Mar-29
25-Oct-29
24-Dec-30

Cash
receivable 
if exercised 
£

22,051 
30,825 
260,010 
66,150 
1,658,550 
54,725 
242,928
96,773 
454,300
97,200
91,575
113,850

3,188,937 

The fair value of equity-settled share options granted by the Share Option Schemes are estimated as at the date of grant using a Black 
Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. 

The following table lists the range of inputs to the model used for the grants made during the year:

Vesting date

Expiry date (number of years after grant)

Exercise price

Share price at valuation

Vested options’ expected life

Volatility

Dividend yield

Risk free rate

Impact of continued employment conditions

21-Oct-24

10

£0.05

£1.72

5.8 years

30%

0%

1.0%

0%

Vesting of options is reliant on achievement of any relevant performance conditions set by the remuneration committee, 
which typically take the form of sales-based targets and share price growth. 

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. 
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not 
necessarily be the actual outcome. No other features of options granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan operates in conjunction with the annual cash bonus scheme, a percentage of each participating 
employee’s net annual bonus entitlement will continue to be paid in cash with the remaining amount of the bonus being paid to the 
trustee of a newly established employee benefit trust which will have been constituted to acquire existing issued ordinary shares and 
facilitate the Deferred Share Bonus Plan. These bonus-related shares will be beneficially owned by each participant but held by the 
trustee as its nominee.

At the same time, a corresponding matching award will be made by the Company, entitling the participant to receive, at nil cost, 
an entitlement to further ordinary shares. These awards will vest subject to the following conditions:

 ▪ the related bonus shares being retained for a specified period; 

 ▪ any relevant performance targets being met; and

 ▪ the participant remaining in employment with the Gresham Group until the end of the specified retention period.

Due to the establishment of the employee benefit trust, which will acquire existing issued ordinary shares, the Deferred Share Bonus 
Plan will be non-dilutive to existing shareholders above the levels permitted by the Investment Association’s remuneration guidelines. 

On 31 March 2021 125,526 share options were granted at nil cost with two-year and three-year vesting periods; the options expire 
March 2031.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

101

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Share‑based payments continued
Share‑based payments
The expense recognised in the income statement for all equity-settled share-based payments in respect of employee services 
received is as follows:

Expense recognised in respect of share-based payments

2021
£’000

369

2020
£’000

220

24. Business combinations during the period
On 22 June 2021 Gresham Technologies plc acquired the entire ordinary share capital in Electra Information Systems, Inc., a specialist 
in connectivity and intelligent automation solutions for financial services institutions enabling straight through processing and real-time 
regulatory reporting.

The initial consideration was £17,778,000 with an additional £1,991,000 consideration paid to settle outstanding liabilities. Contingent 
consideration dependent on performance of up to £6,936,000 is payable over a 24 month period post acquisition. The maximum 
potential consideration is £26,701,000.

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets and liabilities assumed are set out in the table below:

Intangible assets
Customer relationships
Software
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability 

Total net (liabilities)/assets

Satisfied as follows:
Cash
Contingent consideration

Total consideration

Goodwill (note 14)

Analysis of cash flows on acquisition:
Net cash acquired
Cash paid

Net cash flow

Fair value of consideration paid:
Cash
Contingent consideration due less than one year
Contingent consideration due more than one year

Total consideration

Book value
£’000

Adjustments
£’000

Fair value
£’000

—
—
10
285
1,645
130
(2,051)
(297)
—

11,800
4,959
—
—
—
—
—
—
(4,055)

11,800 
4,959 
10
285
1,645
130
(2,051)
(297)
(4,055)

(278)

12,704

 12,426

19,769
6,936

26,705

14,279

(130)
19,769

19,639

19,769
3,468
3,468

26,705

The goodwill recognised above is attributable to intangible assets that cannot be individually separately and reliably measured due 
to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and assembled workforce.

Acquisition costs of £1,579,000 were incurred during the year ended 31 December 2021 as a result of the acquisition of Electra. 
These costs have been recognised as exceptional costs within the Income Statement.

From the date of acquisition, Electra has contributed revenue of £5,647,000 to the Group and operating profit of £1,352,000. If the 
acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2021, Group revenue would have been £41,747,000 and Group operating profit £1,345,000.

Contingent consideration
As part of the sale and purchase agreement, contingent consideration is payable up to £6,936,000 with the maximum amount payable 
if the Annual Recurring Revenues are £9,185,000 24 months after acquisition. The consideration is payable on a straight-line basis 
with no lower threshold with 50% payable in June 2022 and the balance payable in June 2023. Due to the nature of these payments. 
Management has performed a review and estimates that the full amount of contingent consideration is expected to be paid. As result, 
contingent consideration has been recognised in full in the statement of financial position, with £3,468,000 due in less than one year 
and £3,468,000 due in more than one year. 

102 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Reserves
Share capital
The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal value arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, share options granted under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 83,000 (2020: 1,900,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 for 
further details. 

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). 

Share premium account
The balance classified as share premium represents the premium arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares, net of share issue expenses. There are restrictions on the use of the share premium account. 
It can only be used for bonus issues, to provide for the premium payable on redemption of debentures, or to write off preliminary 
expenses, or expenses of, or commissions paid on, or discounts allowed on, the same issues of shares or debentures of the Company.

Own share reserve
Weighted average cost of own shares held in trust by the ESOT.

Other reserves
The balance classified as other reserves comprises a special reserve of £536,000. The special reserve arose on the cancellation 
of deferred ordinary shares in June 1992. In 2018, 134,440 shares were issued as part consideration for the acquisition of B2 Group 
at a placing price of £1.71. The excess over the nominal value of the shares issued has been credited to other reserves (merger reserve) 
in compliance with s612 and s613 of the Companies Act 2006.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements 
of foreign subsidiaries.

Retained earnings
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) that are not recognised elsewhere.

26. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2021 (2020: none).

27. Related party transactions 
Key management compensation (including Directors)

Directors’ emoluments
Remuneration
Social security costs
Bonuses
Pension
Share-based payments

2021
£’000

648
145
401
22
116

1,332

2020
£’000

618
100
180
22
68

988

Details of Directors’ compensation are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

There is no single party known that the Directors consider to be a controlling shareholder or ultimate parent undertaking. 
Refer to page 56 for details of all significant shareholders that the Company has been notified of.

28. Events after the reporting date
A dividend of 0.75 pence per share has been approved by the Board to propose to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Company balance sheet

Fixed assets
Lease receivable
Deferred tax asset
Investments

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current (liabilities)/assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Contingent consideration due more than one year
Creditors: amounts falling due more than one year

Total assets less liabilities

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Own share reserve
Special reserve
Merger reserve
Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds – equity interests

At 
31 December
2021
£’000

At 
31 December
2020
£’000

Notes

8
9
5

6

7

7
7

10
11
10
11
11
11

945
—
41,638

42,583

39,000
643

39,643

1,134
18
20,466

21,618

34,756
2,996

37,752

(42,253)

(36,798)

(2,610)

39,973

—
(553)

954

22,572

(349)
(705)

39,420

21,518

4,168
23,876
(609)
313
1,583
10,089

39,420

3,508
4,341
(778)
313
1,583
12,551

21,518

The Company made a retained loss in the year of £2,309,000 (2020: £2,381,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 7 March 2022.

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
7 March 2022 

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
7 March 2022

104 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2020
Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Dividend paid
Retained loss for the year

At 31 December 2020

Issue of equity shares
Share issue costs
Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Dividend paid
Retained loss for the year

Notes

10
14

10
4

10
14

10
4

Share 
capital
£’000

 3,413 
95
—

Share 
premium
£’000

3,903
438
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

Own 
shares
£’000

(945)
—
—

167
—
—

Special 
reserve
£’000

 313 
—
—

—
—
—

Merger 
reserve
£’000

Profit and 
loss account
£’000

 1,583 
—
—

15,218
—
220

—
—
—

—
(506)
(2,381)

3,508

4,341

(778)

313

1,583

12,551

656
—
4
—

—
—
—

20,344
(870)
61
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—

169
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
369

—
(522)
(2,309)

Total
£’000

23,485
533
220

167
(506)
(2,381)

21,518

21,000
(870)
65
369

169
(522)
(2,309)

At 31 December 2021

4,168

23,876

(609)

313

1,583

10,089

39,420

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 105

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements

1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements of Gresham Technologies 
plc (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 “Application of Financial 
Reporting Requirements” and Financial Reporting Standard 
101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and as required by the 
Companies Act 2006. 

The financial statements are prepared under the historical 
cost convention as modified for financial instruments that 
are measured at fair value and were approved for issue on 
7 March 2022.

No income statement is presented by the Company as permitted 
by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. For the year ended 
31 December 2021, the Company recorded a retained loss of 
£2,309,000 (2020: loss £2,381,000).

The balance sheet heading relating to the Company’s 
investments in subsidiaries has been amended to “Fixed assets” 
from “Non-current assets” to be consistent with the Company’s 
presentation of its balance sheet in accordance with the balance 
sheet formats of the Companies Act 2006. Assets are classified 
in accordance with the definitions of fixed and current assets 
in the Companies Act instead of the presentation requirements 
of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements.

Going concern
The Group and the Company’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect its future development, performance 
and position are set out in the Strategic report on pages 3 to 40. 

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2021.

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken 
advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101. 
Therefore these financial statements do not include:

 ▪  certain comparative information as otherwise required 

by adopted IFRSs;

 ▪ certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

 ▪ a statement of cash flows;

 ▪ the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

 ▪ the disclosure of the remuneration of key management 

personnel; and

 ▪ disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly 
owned members of the Gresham Technologies plc Group.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure 
exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures 
are included in the consolidated financial statements. These 
financial statements do not include certain disclosures in 
respect of:

 ▪ share-based payments;

 ▪ business combinations;

 ▪ assets held for sale and discontinued operations; and

 ▪ impairment of assets.

Investments
Investments are recorded at cost less provision for impairment. 

Financial assets
Impairment of financial assets
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether 
a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

Assets carried at amortised cost
These assets arise principally from the provision of services 
to the Company’s subsidiary, but also incorporate other types 
of financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets 
in order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual 
cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest. They 
are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

Impairment provisions from related parties and loans to related 
parties are recognised based on a forward-looking expected 
credit loss model. The methodology used to determine the 
amount of the provision is based on whether there has been a 
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the 
financial asset. For those where the credit risk has not increased 
significantly since initial recognition of the financial asset, twelve-
month expected credit losses along with gross interest income 
are recognised. For those for which credit risk has increased 
significantly, lifetime expected credit losses along with the gross 
interest income are recognised. For those that are determined 
to be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses along with 
interest income on a net basis are recognised.

The Company’s financial assets measured at amortised 
cost comprise intercompany receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flows – bank overdrafts. Bank 
overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Taxation
Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 
authorities, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an 
accruals basis and recorded as a credit in the taxation line of the 
income statement.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the 
following exceptions:

 ▪ where the temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a 
transaction that is not a business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit 
or loss;

 ▪ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 ▪ deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward 
tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

106 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS1. Accounting policies continued
Taxation continued
Income taxes continued
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset 
is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date. Deferred income 
tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable 
right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation 
authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single 
net payment.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income or directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited 
or charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Foreign currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
at an approximation of the exchange rate ruling on the date of 
the transaction.

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet 
date. Resulting exchange gains and losses are taken to the 
income statement.

Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under 
FRS 101 from disclosing related party transactions with entities 
that are wholly owned subsidiary undertakings of the Gresham 
Technologies plc Group.

Share‑based payments – equity‑settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which 
they are granted and is recognised in the Company financial 
statements as a capital contribution to the subsidiaries for whom 
the employees perform services, with the credit entry being 
made to reserves, over the vesting period, which ends on the 
date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to 
the award. 

Fair value of awards with a market condition-based performance 
target is determined by an external valuer using a Monte Carlo 
simulation pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, 
no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than 
conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company 
(market conditions). Fair value of awards with a financial result-
based performance target is determined by management using 
the Black Scholes pricing model.

No capital contribution is recognised for awards that do not 
ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional 
upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting 
irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, 
provided that all other vesting conditions are satisfied.

At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative 
expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the 
vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of 
the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and 
of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest 
or, in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, 
be treated as vesting as described above. The movement in 
cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is 
recognised as a capital contribution, with a corresponding entry 
in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or 
a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled 
award, the cost based on the original award terms continues 
to be recognised as a capital contribution over the original 
vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised as a capital 
contribution over the remainder of the new vesting period for 
the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the 
difference between the fair value of the original award and the 
fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date 
of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference 
is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if 
it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet 
recognised in the income statement for the award is recorded as 
a capital contribution immediately. Any compensation paid up to 
the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date 
is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being 
treated as a capital contribution in the balance sheet.

Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT)
The Company is deemed to have control of its ESOT therefore 
the investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from equity. 
The shares are valued at the average purchase price.

2.  Auditor’s remuneration
The figures within the auditor’s remuneration note in the 
Gresham consolidated financial statements include fees charged 
by the Company’s auditor to Gresham Technologies plc in 
respect of audit and non-audit services. As such, no separate 
disclosure has been given above.

3.  Directors’ remuneration
Information concerning Directors’ remuneration and gains 
on exercise of share options can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report beginning on page 54. There are no staff 
employed or costs recognised in relation to the Parent Company.

4. Dividends paid and proposed
The final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 was 
approved at the Company Annual General Meeting on 10 May 
2021 and paid on 20 May 2021 of 0.75 pence per share, equating 
to a total of £522,000. The Company will be proposing a final 
dividend for approval at the AGM for the year ended 31 December 
2021 of 0.75 pence per share.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS8. Leases
The Company holds a number of leases in respect of office 
buildings which are utilised by subsidiary companies. These 
leases are disclosed within the Company as a lease receivable, 
representing the amounts due from the subsidiaries in respect 
of these leases. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 
contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term 
with the discount rate determined by reference to the Group’s 
incremental external borrowing rate, 3.1%. Subsequent to the 
initial measurement lease liabilities are increased as a result of 
interest charged and reduced for lease payments made.

The table below represents the maturity of the lease receivable:

Less than 3 months
3 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years

Total

Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2020
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Interest expense

At 31 December 2020
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Disposals
Interest expense

At 31 December 2021

Due between 0 and 3 months
Due between 3 and 12 months

Due less than one year
Due more than one year

Lease liabilities

2021
£’000

78
233
237
397

945

2021
£’000

73
240

313
553

866

2020
£’000

77
238
309
510

1,134

Total
£’000

746

(332)

586
25

1,025

(308)

232
(109)
26

866

2020
£’000

80
240

320
705

1,025

5. Investments 

Investment in subsidiaries

Cost
At 1 January
Acquisitions
Disposals
Capital contribution – share-based 
payments 

At 31 December

Impairment provisions
At 1 January

At 31 December 

Net book value
At 31 December

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

34,058
23,866
(3,063)

30,538
3,300
—

369

220

55,230

34,058

13,592

13,592

13,592

13,592

41,638

20,466

Details of the investments in which the Company holds 20% 
or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are 
included within note 17 to the Group financial statements.

6. Debtors

Amounts owed by subsidiary 
undertakings
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2021
£’000

38,904
—
96

39,000

2020
£’000

34,635
114
7

34,756

All amounts that fall due for repayment within one year 
and are presented within current assets as required by the 
Companies Act. The loans to Group companies are repayable 
on demand with no fixed repayment date although it is noted 
that a significant proportion of the amounts may not be sought 
for repayment within one year depending on activity in the 
group companies.

7. Creditors
Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to subsidiary 
undertakings
Lease liabilities
Trade creditors
Contingent consideration
Other creditors and accruals

2021
£’000

41,447
313
50
379
64

42,253

Amounts falling due more than one year

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

2021
£’000

553

2021
£’000

—

2020
£’000

35,320
320
245
909
4

36,798

2020
£’000

705

2020
£’000

 349 

108 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued 
 
 
9. Deferred tax
The Company has a recognised deferred tax asset as follows:

As at 1 January 
Movement in the period within the 
income statement

As at 31 December 

Comprising:
Tax losses

2021
£’000

18

2020
£’000

211

(18)

(193)

—

—

—

18

18

18

10. Issued share capital
Ordinary shares allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2020
Exercise of share options

At 31 December 2020
Exercise of share options 
Issue of new shares

At 31 December 2021

Number

Nominal value
£’000

68,256,458 
1,900,000

70,156,458
83,000
13,125,000

83,364,458

3,413 
95

3,508 
4
656

4,168

The Company’s ordinary share capital consists of individual 
shares having a nominal value of 5 pence each.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, share options granted 
under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 83,000 (2020: 1,900,000) ordinary shares accordingly 
(ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 
of the Group financial statements for further details. 

At 31 December 2021 and 2020 there were outstanding options 
granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. See note 22 
of the Group financial statements for further details.

There are no preference shares in issue (2020: none).

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)

At 1 January 2020
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2020
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2021

£’000

945
(167)

778
(169)

609

Number

976,596
(144,996)

831,600
(202,292)

629,308

The shares held by the ESOT are expected to be issued under 
share option contracts. The shares are held at the average 
purchase price.

11. Reserves
Share capital
The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal 
value arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share 
capital, comprising 5 pence ordinary shares.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, share options granted 
under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 83,000 (2020: 1,900,000) ordinary shares accordingly 
(ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 
of the Group financial statements for further details. 

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares 
at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares 
in issue). 

Share premium
The balance classified as share premium represents the 
premium arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share 
capital, comprising 5 pence ordinary shares, net of share issue 
expenses. There are restrictions on the use of the share premium 
account. It can only be used for bonus issues, to provide for 
the premium payable on redemption of debentures, or to write 
off preliminary expenses, or expenses of, or commissions paid 
on, or discounts allowed on, the same issues of shares or 
debentures of the Company.

Own share reserve
Weighted average cost of shares held in trust by the ESOT.

Special reserve
The special reserve arose on the cancellation of deferred 
ordinary shares in June 1992.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose on issue of shares in respect of 
acquisitions and mergers in the period 1992 to 1999 and in 2018. 

Profit and loss account
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners 
(e.g. dividends) that are not recognised elsewhere.

12. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2021 
(2020: none).

13. Contingent liabilities
In the normal course of business, the Company has issued 
general guarantees in respect of the contractual obligations of 
certain subsidiary undertakings. The Company has assessed the 
risk of defaults by subsidiary undertakings and should Gresham 
Technologies plc have to assume the debt and make settlement, 
the appropriate provisioning would be provided for within 
the Company. 

14. Share‑based payments
Share-based payments in respect of both the Company 
and the Group are disclosed in note 23 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

15. Related party transactions
The Company is exempt from disclosing transactions within 
the wholly owned subsidiaries in the Group. Other related party 
transactions are included within those given in note 27 of the 
Group financial statements. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021 109

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Corporate information

Registered office
Aldermary House 
10–15 Queen Street 
London 
EC4N 1TX

Auditor
BDO LLP
Arcadia House 
Maritime Walk 
Ocean Village 
Southampton 
SO14 3TL

Solicitors
Blake Morgan LLP
Tollgate 
Chandler’s Ford  
Eastleigh 
SO53 3LG

Broker and financial adviser
Singer Capital Markets Limited
1 Bartholomew Lane 
London 
EC2N 2AX

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
55 Above Bar Street 
Southampton 
SO14 7DZ

Annual General Meeting
10 May 2022

Singer Capital Markets Limited 
1 Bartholomew Lane 
London 
EC2N 2AX

110 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGresham Technologies plc’s commitment to environmental 
issues is reflected in this Annual Report, which has been printed 
on Creator Silk, an FSC® certified material.

This document was printed by Opal X using its environmental 
print technology, which minimises the impact of printing on the 
environment, with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. Both 
the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

CBP011742

Gresham Technologies plc
Aldermary House 
10–15 Queen Street 
London 
EC4N 1TX

investorrelations@greshamtech.com

greshamtech.com

@greshamtech

01 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2021

G

R

E

S

H

A

M

T

E

C

H

N

O

L

O

G

I

E

S

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

F

I

N

A

N

C

I

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

2

1

Page TitlePage TitleSTRATEGIC REPORTPage TitlePage Title